WO2011039897A1 - Information delivering system, information delivering apparatus, information delivering method, information delivering program, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method and information receiving program - Google Patents

Information delivering system, information delivering apparatus, information delivering method, information delivering program, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method and information receiving program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011039897A1
WO2011039897A1 PCT/JP2010/001127 JP2010001127W WO2011039897A1 WO 2011039897 A1 WO2011039897 A1 WO 2011039897A1 JP 2010001127 W JP2010001127 W JP 2010001127W WO 2011039897 A1 WO2011039897 A1 WO 2011039897A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
unit
distribution
reception status
content
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/001127
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
上野正裕
Original Assignee
Jvc・ケンウッド・ホールディングス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2009225365A external-priority patent/JP4576516B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2009225561A external-priority patent/JP4496276B1/en
Application filed by Jvc・ケンウッド・ホールディングス株式会社 filed Critical Jvc・ケンウッド・ホールディングス株式会社
Publication of WO2011039897A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011039897A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/20Servers specifically adapted for the distribution of content, e.g. VOD servers; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/23Processing of content or additional data; Elementary server operations; Server middleware
    • H04N21/238Interfacing the downstream path of the transmission network, e.g. adapting the transmission rate of a video stream to network bandwidth; Processing of multiplex streams
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04HBROADCAST COMMUNICATION
    • H04H20/00Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
    • H04H20/20Arrangements for broadcast or distribution of identical information via plural systems
    • H04H20/22Arrangements for broadcast of identical information via plural broadcast systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04HBROADCAST COMMUNICATION
    • H04H60/00Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
    • H04H60/09Arrangements for device control with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; Arrangements for control of broadcast-related services
    • H04H60/14Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services
    • H04H60/15Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services on receiving information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L69/00Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
    • H04L69/14Multichannel or multilink protocols
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/442Monitoring of processes or resources, e.g. detecting the failure of a recording device, monitoring the downstream bandwidth, the number of times a movie has been viewed, the storage space available from the internal hard disk
    • H04N21/44209Monitoring of downstream path of the transmission network originating from a server, e.g. bandwidth variations of a wireless network
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/60Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client 
    • H04N21/61Network physical structure; Signal processing
    • H04N21/6106Network physical structure; Signal processing specially adapted to the downstream path of the transmission network
    • H04N21/6112Network physical structure; Signal processing specially adapted to the downstream path of the transmission network involving terrestrial transmission, e.g. DVB-T
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/60Network structure or processes for video distribution between server and client or between remote clients; Control signalling between clients, server and network components; Transmission of management data between server and client, e.g. sending from server to client commands for recording incoming content stream; Communication details between server and client 
    • H04N21/61Network physical structure; Signal processing
    • H04N21/6106Network physical structure; Signal processing specially adapted to the downstream path of the transmission network
    • H04N21/6125Network physical structure; Signal processing specially adapted to the downstream path of the transmission network involving transmission via Internet
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00Television systems
    • H04N7/16Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
    • H04N7/173Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems with two-way working, e.g. subscriber sending a programme selection signal
    • H04N7/17309Transmission or handling of upstream communications
    • H04N7/17318Direct or substantially direct transmission and handling of requests
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an information distribution system, an information distribution device, an information distribution method, an information distribution program, an information reception device, an information reception method, and an information reception program.
  • the TTL (Time To Live) value included in the header of the IP data that is, the number of hops of the router through which it is set in advance for each broadcast target area Have been proposed (see Patent Document 1).
  • the content is transferred when the TTL value set in this IP data becomes zero Since the router discards the IP data in the middle, the content can be transmitted only to the broadcast target area even through the IP communication network.
  • the access control method is used when the place where the user wants to receive content is outside the area.
  • One proposed method is to use a receiver equipped with a storage medium storing information indicating reception permission in a specific registered area (see Patent Document 2). If the content is redistributed by adopting such a configuration, it is possible for a legitimate user to receive the content via the IP communication network even when the user is outside the registered area.
  • JP 2007-336022 A (summary etc.) JP 2008-141429 A (summary etc.)
  • Patent Document 1 regardless of whether content is distributed for the first time or redistributed, it can be distributed only within the broadcast target area unless the TTL value is strictly set for each broadcast target area. Since this does not happen, the setting becomes complicated. Also, depending on the routing protocol adopted by each router that passes through, the route to the arrival of content may be different even within the same broadcast target area, and the TTL value does not necessarily reach only within the broadcast target area. It is not guaranteed that the value is possible. Therefore, since there is a possibility that the content is not distributed even within the broadcast target area, or the content may be distributed even outside the broadcast target area, the access control method using the TTL value of the IP data is There is a problem from the viewpoint of reliability.
  • the present invention provides information distribution capable of appropriately transmitting and receiving content via other communication media within a broadcast target area of a wireless station without imposing a special operation on the user.
  • An object is to provide a system, an information distribution apparatus, an information distribution method, an information distribution program, an information reception apparatus, an information reception method, and an information reception program.
  • An information distribution system includes an information reception device capable of receiving information transmitted from a radio station using radio waves, and an information distribution device capable of distributing information to the information reception device.
  • the information receiving device includes a reception status detecting unit that detects the reception status of radio waves and a power information detecting unit that detects whether the device is connected to a power source.
  • Information distribution in which information transmitted by radio stations using radio waves and / or information other than information transmitted by radio stations using radio waves is distributed to information receiving devices via other communication media different from radio waves. And controls transmission / reception of distributed information according to the reception status detected by the reception status detection unit and the power supply information detected by the power supply information detection unit.
  • the information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is configured so that the information reception device includes information indicating reception sensitivity detected by the reception status detection unit and power-off time detected by the power information detection unit.
  • the reception unit that receives information indicating the reception status of the received radio waves and the power supply information, and the information and power supply information indicating the reception status received by the reception unit are stored in the storage unit in association with the information reception device and received. It is preferable to have an information distribution control unit that determines whether or not to distribute the information provided by the information distribution device to the information reception device based on the information indicating the situation and the power supply information.
  • the information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is an information distribution apparatus in which an information reception apparatus distributes information transmitted by a wireless station via radio waves via a communication medium other than radio waves.
  • an information distribution request unit that makes an information distribution request via another communication medium
  • a disconnection time determination unit that determines whether a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power supply
  • a reception status detection unit Information indicating the received status, the power information related to the power source to which the device is connected, and the determination result of the disconnection time determination unit are stored in the storage unit in association with each other, the information indicating the reception status, and the power information
  • an output availability determination unit that determines whether or not the delivery information requested for information delivery is output based on the determination result information and information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit, Love Delivery unit in response to the information distribution request from the information distribution request unit of the information receiving apparatus, it is preferable to distribute the distribution information via another communication medium to the information receiving apparatus.
  • An information distribution apparatus provides information indicating power reception status and power supply information in an information receiving apparatus that receives information transmitted from a radio station via a radio wave using a communication medium other than the radio wave.
  • the information receiving device receives information from the information receiving device, information indicating the reception status received by the receiving unit and the power supply information, and the information receiving device are associated with each other and stored in the storage unit, and an information distribution request is made from the information receiving device.
  • An information distribution control unit for determining whether or not to perform information distribution to the information receiving device based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the information receiving device and the power supply information. Have.
  • An information distribution method includes a reception unit, a storage unit, and an information distribution control unit, and transmits information transmitted from a radio station to an information reception device via radio waves, other than radio waves.
  • An information distribution method executed by an information distribution apparatus that distributes to an information reception apparatus via a medium, wherein the reception unit transmits information indicating the reception status of radio waves in the information reception apparatus and power supply information via another communication medium.
  • the step of receiving from the receiving device, and the information distribution control unit stores the information and power supply information indicating the reception status received in the above-described step and the information receiving device in association with each other, and stores the information in the storage unit.
  • an information distribution program as one aspect of the present invention provides information indicating the reception status of radio waves and power supply information in an information receiving apparatus that receives information transmitted from a wireless station via radio waves, in addition to radio waves.
  • the receiving means for receiving from the information receiving device via the communication medium, the information indicating the reception status received by the receiving means and the power supply information, and the information receiving device are associated with each other and stored in the storing means, and the information receiving device receives information from the information receiving device.
  • Information distribution for determining whether or not to distribute information to the information receiving device based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the information receiving device and the power supply information when the request is made It functions as a control means.
  • an information receiving apparatus includes a reception sensitivity acquisition unit that acquires reception sensitivity of radio waves from a radio station that transmits information via radio waves, and power detection that detects a power-off time of the own apparatus. And information indicating the reception sensitivity acquired by the reception sensitivity acquisition unit and the information indicating the power-off time detected by the power detection unit are transmitted by the wireless station via a communication medium other than radio waves. An information distribution requesting unit that transmits the information to the information distribution apparatus and requests information via another communication medium.
  • An information receiving apparatus sends an information distribution request to an information distribution apparatus that distributes information transmitted from a radio station via radio waves via another communication medium.
  • a disconnection time determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined time has passed, information indicating the reception status, power supply information detected whether or not connected to a power source, and a determination result of the disconnection time determination unit Output of distribution information requested for information distribution from the information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, the determination result information, and the information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit while being stored in the storage unit To make a decision It has a determination unit.
  • the information reception device stores an information history indicating an output determination result in a storage unit, and distributes the information from the information indicating the reception status. Even when it is determined that the output of information cannot be permitted, it is preferable to permit the output of distribution information when there is an information history in which the output of the distribution information is permitted in the storage unit.
  • the information reception device includes an output availability determination unit, an output availability determination unit, an information history indicating a determination result of output availability, information indicating a reception status, In the case where it is determined that the output of distribution information cannot be permitted from the information indicating the reception status stored in the storage unit in association with the determination result of the disconnection time determination unit and the power supply information detected as to whether or not the power supply is connected Even if there is an information history allowing the output of the distribution information in the storage unit and the power supply information associated with the information history is compared with the current time and within a predetermined time, the distribution information It is preferable to allow output.
  • the information reception device is a case where the output permission determination unit determines that output of distribution information can be permitted from information indicating a reception state, and a storage unit When the power supply information is stored in the storage unit, it is preferable to delete the power supply information from the storage unit.
  • the information reception device detects whether the power supply information detection unit has been disconnected from the power supply to which the device is connected, and receives the detection.
  • the disconnection time determination unit determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power source. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the output availability determination unit stores the It is preferable to delete information indicating the reception status of radio waves stored in the unit.
  • the information reception device detects the information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, and the IP address assigned to the own device in addition to the configuration described above.
  • the information stored in the storage unit and whether there is information that can be distributed in the information history indicating the reception status of the wireless station in the past, and the IP address and the currently assigned IP address at the time of the past output determination are It is preferable to determine whether or not the delivery information can be output based on whether or not they match.
  • An information reception method as one aspect of the present invention includes an information distribution request unit, a reception status detection unit, a power supply information detection unit, a disconnection time determination unit, a storage unit, and an output availability determination unit.
  • the information distribution request unit includes: A step of making an information distribution request to the distribution device, a step of detecting the reception status of the radio device in the own device, and a power information detection unit detecting whether or not the own device is connected to a power source A step, a step in which the disconnection time determination unit determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power supply, and an output availability determination unit is connected to the information indicating the reception status, the power supply Per unit
  • the output power information and the result information determined by the disconnection time determination unit are associated with each other and stored in the storage unit, and the information indicating the reception status, the
  • an information reception program that transmits a computer via an other communication medium to an information distribution apparatus that distributes information transmitted by a wireless station via radio waves via another communication medium.
  • Information distribution request means for making an information distribution request
  • reception status detection means for detecting the reception status of radio waves in the own apparatus
  • power supply information detection means for detecting whether or not the own apparatus is connected to a power supply
  • the own apparatus from the power supply
  • Disconnection time determination means for determining whether or not a predetermined time has passed since disconnection, information indicating reception status, power supply information detected as to whether or not connected to a power supply, result information determined by disconnection time determination means Are stored in the device information storage means, and information indicating these reception statuses, power supply information, result information, and past reception statuses stored in the device information storage means are displayed.
  • Output permission determination unit that the output permission determination of the distribution information from the information that they appear as a.
  • An information distribution apparatus uses a communication medium other than radio waves to transmit information transmitted from a radio station via radio waves in response to an information distribution request from any of the information reception apparatuses described above.
  • An information distribution control unit that distributes through the network.
  • an information distribution system capable of appropriately transmitting and receiving content via other communication media within a broadcast target area without imposing a special operation on the user.
  • An information distribution program, an information receiving apparatus, an information receiving method, and an information receiving program can be provided.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an example of a reception error rate detection circuit for performing the detection process of step S4 shown in FIG. It is a flowchart which shows operation
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing the overall configuration of the information distribution system 1-1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the information distribution system 1-1 has a broadcast station 10 and a receiver 30.
  • broadcast content can be received when the receiver 30 receives the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 with an antenna.
  • the receiver 30 makes a content distribution request to the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100, the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 is detected, The broadcast station 10 determines whether the content can be distributed (output) according to the detection status.
  • this information distribution system 1-1 in the receiver 30 that detects that the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 10 can be received, even if the household power source B of the receiver 30 is temporarily disconnected, it may be within a predetermined time. For example, it is possible to receive broadcast content and / or content other than broadcast content via the IP communication network 100 without determining whether the broadcast station 10 can deliver again.
  • the information distribution system 1-1 may include a plurality of broadcasting stations 10 and three or more receivers 30. Good.
  • the IP communication network 100 is a communication medium other than the radio wave between the broadcast station 10 and the receiver 30.
  • the IP communication network 100 may be configured by a network using any one of the Internet, a CATV, a dedicated line, a VPN (virtual LAN), a WAN, or the like using a communication protocol such as TCP / IP, or a combination thereof. Good.
  • Other communication protocols other than the IP communication network 100 may be used as other communication media.
  • the broadcast station 10 transmits broadcast program content as stream data in accordance with a broadcast schedule. Further, the broadcasting station 10 can superimpose and transmit data broadcast and EPG (Electronic Program Guide) information on the broadcast wave. In addition, the broadcast station 10 transmits related content such as still images, audio, and moving images related to the broadcast program via the IP communication network 100, or unique content that is independently produced regardless of the broadcast program (for example, a homepage provided by the broadcast station 10). , Text information, still image information, moving image information) and the like.
  • the broadcasting station 10 is linked to the video and audio of the broadcast program, and provides data broadcasts that provide independent information such as information related to the broadcast program, weather forecasts, news, and EPG information referred to as an electronic program guide, It is a radio station that can transmit and transmit broadcast waves from an antenna, and is an information distribution device that can transmit the above-described information to the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100, and corresponds to the radio station and the information distribution device of the claims. .
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the broadcasting station 10 shown in FIG.
  • the broadcast station 10 includes a content stream creation unit 11, an EPG information creation unit 12, a data broadcast creation unit 13, a MUX (MultipleXer) unit 14, a reception unit 15, a content distribution availability determination unit 16, and content generation.
  • the main component is the unit 17, the transmission unit 18, the broadcast content DB 11a, the broadcast schedule DB 12a, the data broadcast content DB 13a, the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, the content DB 17a, the control unit 19, and the storage unit 20.
  • the broadcasting station 10 corresponds to the wireless station and the information distribution device in the claims, but functions as a wireless station (content stream creation unit 11, EPG information creation unit 12, data broadcast creation unit 13, MUX unit 14, broadcast content DB 11a, broadcast schedule DB 12a, function equivalent to data broadcast content DB 13a) and functions as an information distribution device (reception unit 15, content distribution availability determination unit 16, content generation unit 17, transmission unit) 18, functions as the distribution availability determination information DB 16 a and the content DB 17 a) may be realized by separate devices.
  • a wireless station content stream creation unit 11, EPG information creation unit 12, data broadcast creation unit 13, MUX unit 14, broadcast content DB 11a, broadcast schedule DB 12a, function equivalent to data broadcast content DB 13a
  • an information distribution device reception unit 15, content distribution availability determination unit 16, content generation unit 17, transmission unit
  • functions as the distribution availability determination information DB 16 a and the content DB 17 a may be realized by separate devices.
  • control unit 19 is implemented in cooperation with hardware resources (not shown).
  • the control unit 19 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown). This is realized by reading various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executing them in cooperation.
  • the broadcast content DB 11a, the broadcast schedule DB 12a, the data broadcast content DB 13a, the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, and the content DB 17a are stored in the storage unit 20.
  • the storage unit 20 is, for example, a flash memory or an HDD (Hard). Disk drive).
  • the content stream creation unit 11 creates broadcast content by referring to the broadcast content DB 11a.
  • the broadcast content is encoded and multiplexed according to the MPEG2-TS (Motion Photographic Coding Experts Group-2 Transport Stream) standard.
  • MPEG2-TS Motion Photographic Coding Experts Group-2 Transport Stream
  • video and audio of transmitted content is generated as an encoded ES (Elementary Stream), and a PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) in which ES is packetized for each meaningful unit is generated. Is done.
  • a TS (Transport Stream) packet obtained by dividing the PES is transmitted from the broadcast station 10.
  • each TS packet is assigned a 13-bit packet identifier called PID to the header of each TS packet, it is possible to classify whether each TS packet is video data, audio data, control data, or the like of broadcast content. .
  • the control data here refers to data called SI / PSI (Service Information / Program Specific Information).
  • SI of SI / PSI includes information necessary for creating EPG information
  • PSI is control data including information for performing basic control.
  • the TS packet may be subjected to an encryption process (hereinafter referred to as “scramble process”) for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast station 10.
  • Encrypted process hereinafter referred to as “scramble process”
  • Multi2 can be used as the scrambling method. This Multi2 is one of the methods for encrypting digital data, and is widely used in BS digital broadcasting and terrestrial digital broadcasting.
  • the broadcast content DB 11a stores information on which the above-described broadcast content is based.
  • the EPG information creation unit 12 creates EPG information with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 12a.
  • the broadcast schedule of the broadcast station 10 is memorize
  • the data broadcast creation unit 13 creates a data broadcast such as weather forecasts and information related to programs from the data broadcast content DB 13a.
  • a data broadcast such as weather forecasts and information related to programs from the data broadcast content DB 13a.
  • the data broadcast is encoded and multiplexed according to the MPEG2-TS standard in the same manner as the broadcast content described above.
  • the data broadcasting content DB 13a includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information provided by the broadcasting station 10 related to the program and P2P (Peer to Peer). ) Search query information that can be used in the method may be stored.
  • the data broadcast creation unit 13 supplies these information together to the MUX unit 14.
  • the MUX unit 14 includes content data created by the content stream creation unit 11 with reference to the broadcast content DB 11a, EPG information created by the EPG information creation unit 12 with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 12a, and a data broadcast creation unit 13
  • Broadcast data D1 is generated by multiplexing data broadcast program data created with reference to the data broadcast content DB 13a.
  • the broadcast data D1 is transmitted as a broadcast wave from the antenna of the broadcast station 10.
  • the receiving unit 15 is a communication interface that can receive a content request from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100.
  • the content distribution availability determination unit 16 determines whether or not the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request is a registered valid device with reference to the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. If the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request is not a registered valid device, the content distribution availability determination unit 16 notifies the receiver 30 that the content cannot be distributed. If the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request is a registered valid device, the content distribution availability determination unit 16 supplies a signal permitting the content distribution request to the content generation unit 17. .
  • the legitimate device registered here is a content distribution request from the receiver 30 registered in advance in the distribution feasibility determination information DB 16a, the receiver 30 in the broadcast target area, the legitimate device It is determined that it is within a predetermined time after being authenticated.
  • the predetermined time is preferably, for example, 10 minutes to 15 minutes, but may be set to a longer time (for example, 30 minutes, 1 hour, etc.).
  • FIG. 3 shows an example of information stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a of the broadcasting station 10 shown in FIG.
  • a flag of 1 or 0 is stored in the power supply progress information. In the case of 1, it indicates that the power-off time has elapsed for a predetermined time. In this case, there is no power supply progress information (or a predetermined time has not passed). Further, a flag of 1 or 0 is also stored in the distribution availability information. When the flag is 0, “distribution is permitted” indicating that content distribution is permitted. In the case of 1, “content distribution” is not permitted. Indicates “impossible”.
  • the result determined based on the power supply progress information received from the receiver 30 is stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, but the power supply elapsed time itself is stored in the DB.
  • the content distribution availability determination unit 16 may determine whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed based on the information.
  • the content generation unit 17 When the content generation unit 17 receives a signal permitting a content distribution request from the content distribution availability determination unit 16, the content generation unit 17 refers to the content DB 17a and generates content to be transmitted to the receiver 30.
  • the content to be transmitted to the receiver 30 may be content requested by the receiver 30 or may be generated in conjunction with the broadcast program.
  • the selected content may be generated when the receiver 30 requests specific content, and program-linked content may be automatically generated and transmitted otherwise.
  • the broadcast station 10 determines whether or not a specific content can be distributed to the receiver 30 by determining whether the content can be distributed. You may restrict access to the site.
  • the content stored in the content DB 17a stores program-linked content, content that can be accessed even after the end of broadcasting, content that is not limited to an area, and the like. Specific examples of content include still images, moving images, and audio.
  • the information is described in a markup language such as XML (extensible Markup Language) or BML (Broadcast Markup Language), and the compatibility with the IP communication network 100 by using such a markup language. Can be made good.
  • the transmission unit 18 is a communication interface that receives a content distribution request from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100 and transmits the content to the receiver 30.
  • the receiver 30 is a terminal that receives, for example, TV broadcasting or radio broadcasting, and is a receiving terminal installed in a car, a receiving terminal fixed for home use, or a mobile terminal that can be carried. It doesn't matter.
  • the receiver 30 may have a recording function or a recording function.
  • a terminal used at home is, for example, an STB, and is used by being connected to a home power supply B.
  • the receiver 30 receives the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 described above, and outputs video, audio and EPG information of the received broadcast program.
  • the receiver 30 transmits the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100. It is possible to receive and output the same content as the content transmitted by the broadcast wave and / or content related to the content and other different content. Note that the receiver 30 corresponds to the information receiving device in the claims.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a block configuration of the receiver 30 shown in FIG.
  • the receiver 30 outputs information received from the broadcast station 10 to the display device 50 and the audio reproduction device 60.
  • the receiver 30 according to the present embodiment is a separate device from the display device 50 and the audio playback device 60.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the receiver 30, the display device 50, and the audio reproduction device 60 may be provided in the same casing, for example, a television set. Further, the receiver 30 and the display device 50 may be provided in the same casing, and only the audio reproduction device 60 may be provided in another casing. That is, there are no particular limitations on the devices in which the three receivers 30, the display device 50, and the audio reproduction device 60 are provided.
  • the receiver 30 includes a control unit 31, an operation input unit 32, a tuner 33, a DEMUX (DEMMultipleXer) unit 34, a decoding unit 35, a video / audio output unit 36, a storage unit 37, a communication unit 38, a reception
  • the situation detection unit 40, the power supply detection unit 42, and the timer 43 are main components.
  • control unit 31 includes, for example, a CPU, a DSP, a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP are a flash memory that is a part of the storage unit 37, By reading various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executing various arithmetic processes in cooperation, information processing performed by the functions of each unit of the receiver 30 can be realized.
  • the control unit 31 includes a CPU, a DSP, and the like (not shown), analyzes the operation signal input to the operation input unit 32, and controls the operation of each unit or part of the receiver 30. It is. For example, when the user inputs a channel selection instruction using the operation input unit 32, a signal indicating the content of the channel selection instruction is input to the control unit 31 via the operation input unit 32 and a bus (not shown). Then, the control unit 31 controls the tuning process to the channel selected by the user by the tuner 33 via a bus (not shown). For example, when a user inputs a content distribution request instruction via the IP communication network 100 using the operation input unit 32, a signal indicating the content distribution request instruction is transmitted via the operation input unit 32 and a bus (not shown). Input to the control unit 31. Then, the control unit 31 collects necessary information along with the content distribution request and makes a content distribution request via the IP communication network 100.
  • the operation input unit 32 is configured by, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be configured to allow voice input or the like. Further, the operation input unit 32 receives an operation input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the control unit 31. The user can perform operation input to the receiver 30 by operating the operation input unit 32.
  • the operation input to the receiver 30 may be input to an operation input unit 32 provided in the receiver 30 via a wireless signal (operation signal) such as infrared rays.
  • operation signal input to the operation input unit 32 is input to the control unit 31 via a bus (not shown).
  • the tuner 33 receives the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 10 with an antenna, demodulates the received RF (Radio Frequency) signal, performs error correction, etc., and outputs a TS signal composed of TS packets to the DEMUX unit 34.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • FIG. 3 only one tuner 33 is shown for receiving digital terrestrial broadcasting. However, when receiving analog broadcasting, radio broadcasting (analog, digital), and BS broadcasting (analog, digital), those tuners are also shown.
  • a tuner 33 may be provided and two or more tuners 33 may be provided.
  • the DEMUX unit 34 converts a TS signal composed of TS packets (that is, broadcast data D1 obtained by multiplexing a plurality of streams such as video and audio in the MUX unit 14 of the transmission-side broadcast station 10) into stream data such as video and audio. And processing for separation into section format data such as SI / PSI. Each data separated by the DEMUX unit 34 is supplied to the decoding unit 35 in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 31.
  • the decoding unit 35 decodes broadcast content, EPG information, data broadcast, and the like according to instructions from the control unit 31.
  • the decoding unit 35 supplies the decoded data to the storage unit 37.
  • the data supplied from the decoding unit 35 to the storage unit 37 may be supplied as it is as a data signal without being decoded as a video signal and an audio signal.
  • the decoding unit 35 decodes the above-described broadcast content, EPG information, data broadcast, etc., and generates audio data, video data, and program data, respectively.
  • the decoded audio data is supplied to the audio playback device 60 described above.
  • the audio reproduction device 60 performs D / A conversion processing on the supplied audio data and outputs it as an audio signal.
  • the decoding unit 35 supplies the decoded video data and program data to the video / audio output unit 36.
  • the decoding unit 35 decodes the content data received from the communication unit 38 in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 31 and supplies the decoded content data to the video / audio output unit 36.
  • the data supplied to the video / audio output unit 36 is output to the display device 50 and / or the audio reproduction device 60.
  • the video / audio output unit 36 stores the supplied program data in a RAM (not shown).
  • the video / audio output unit 36 generates EPG information by drawing program data. Then, the video / audio output unit 36 generates a synthesized screen obtained by synthesizing the screen based on the EPG information on the screen based on the video data from the decoding unit 35, and sends the synthesized screen to the display device 50.
  • the display device 50 displays this composite screen.
  • the storage unit 37 stores data decoded by the decoding unit 35 in accordance with a recording instruction from the control unit 31.
  • the storage unit 37 stores registration information regarding the receiver 30 that uses the information distribution system 1-1 using the receiver 30.
  • the registration information about the receiver 30 is a device ID associated with the receiver 30 using the information distribution system 1-1, power supply progress information associated with the device ID, and the like.
  • the communication unit 38 is a communication interface that communicates with the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100.
  • the communication unit 38 receives content data from the transmission unit 18 of the broadcast station 10 and outputs the content data to the decoding unit 35.
  • the reception status detection unit 40 has a function of detecting the reception status of a broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 in accordance with a reception status detection instruction that the control unit 31 is instructed with a content distribution request.
  • the value detected by the reception status detection unit 40 is stored in the storage unit 37 by the control unit 31. The details of the reception status detection unit 40 will be described together with the operation of the receiver 30 described later.
  • the power source detection unit 42 detects that the receiver 30 has been disconnected from the household power source B. Specifically, the power supply detection unit 42 measures the elapsed time of power supply after the power is turned off by the timer 43 having an internal battery different from the household power supply B. Then, the power source detection unit 42 outputs the measurement value to the control unit 31. The control unit 31 stores the measurement value in the storage unit 37 as power supply progress information.
  • the receiver 30 includes a descrambler unit (not shown) for releasing the scramble when the broadcast data D1 superimposed on the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 is scrambled. Also good. In that case, the descrambler unit cancels the TS signal composed of the TS packet superimposed on the RF signal received by the tuner and scrambled and transmitted to the normal signal according to the instruction of the control unit 31. Process. Further, the descrambler unit supplies the TS signal composed of the TS packet from which the scramble process has been released to the DEMUX unit 34.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 30 shown in FIG. In the following processing, it is assumed that there are a plurality of broadcasting stations 10 and broadcast waves are transmitted from each broadcasting station 10.
  • control unit 31 When the control unit 31 receives a content distribution request signal (access request) via the IP communication network 100 to the broadcast station 10 generated by the user operating the operation input unit 32, the control unit 31 starts processing.
  • Step S1 The control unit 31 determines whether or not there is an access request to the broadcast station 10. If there is an access request, the process proceeds to step S2. If there is no access request, the determination process in step S1 is repeated until there is an access request. It may be monitored until an access request is made.
  • Step S2 The control unit 31 determines whether or not the content from the broadcast station 10 requested to access in step S1 is being received by broadcast waves. If the control unit 31 is receiving content from the broadcast station 10 that has requested access (YES in step S2), the control unit 31 proceeds to the processing in step S4. On the other hand, when the content from the broadcast station 10 for which the access request has been made is not being received (NO in step S2), the control unit 31 proceeds to the process of step S3.
  • Step S3 The control unit 31 controls the tuner 33 to receive a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 that has requested access.
  • the control unit 31 proceeds to the process of step S4.
  • Step S4 The control unit 31 and the reception status detection unit 40 control the tuner 33 to detect the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 received in step S3. Specifically, the control unit 31 detects the electric field reception intensity and / or reception error rate of the broadcast wave.
  • the receiver 30 includes an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal.
  • the value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the control unit 31.
  • a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit is provided as the generation circuit so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected.
  • the receiver 30 As a method for the control unit 31 and the reception status detection unit 40 to detect the reception error rate of the broadcast wave, the receiver 30 is provided with a reception error rate detection circuit, and the detection signal obtained from the detection circuit is transmitted to the control unit. It is made to output to 31.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an example of the reception error rate detection circuit 70 for performing the detection process of step S4 shown in FIG.
  • a reception error detection unit 71 that can detect a reception error
  • a main counter 72 that increments by one each time the reception error detection unit 71 checks the bit of the reception data R1
  • a reception error detection unit 71 an error bit counter 73 that increments by one each time an error bit of received data R1 is detected, and a reception error rate that always calculates an error rate from the count values of the main counter 72 and the error bit counter 73 described above.
  • a determination unit 75 that outputs a detection signal is provided. For example, 4 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 , 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 , 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 , and 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 are stored in the reference value preset in the memory 76, and the calculated error rate is stored.
  • the reception error rate can be detected by allowing the determination unit 75 to output the respective detection signals T1 to the control unit 31 at a time when exceeds any of these reference values.
  • the reception error rate detection circuit 70 described above is merely an example, and any circuit may be used as long as the reception error rate can be detected.
  • step S3 Using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit and / or the detection signal T1 obtained from the reception error rate detection circuit 70, it is possible to detect the reception status of the broadcast wave.
  • the control unit 31 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 received in step S3, the control unit 31 stores information indicating the reception status in the storage unit 37, and proceeds to the process of step S5.
  • Step S5 The control unit 31 stores the device ID, information indicating the reception status, and power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 37 via the IP communication network 100 for the broadcasting station 10 requested to access in step S1. Sent with a delivery request. When the content distribution request process in step S5 is completed, the control unit 31 proceeds to the process in step S6.
  • Step S6 The control unit 31 receives content corresponding to the reception status from the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100.
  • Step S7 The control unit 31 outputs the content received in step S6 as video or audio output data to the display device 50 or the audio reproduction device 60, and when there is an instruction to delete the power supply information, the storage unit 37 The power supply information stored in the memory is deleted and the process is terminated (END). It does not matter whether the received content here is in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced at the time of output permission determination at step S6, or after the access request at step S1 is generated, the content is buffered. The content received after the access request in step S1 is generated after it is determined in S6 that output is possible may be reproduced.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 10 shown in FIG.
  • Step S10 The control unit 19 extracts information indicating the device ID and reception status included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30. When the process of step S10 is completed, the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S11.
  • Step S11 The control unit 19 determines whether or not content distribution is possible from information indicating the reception status of the receiver 30. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the reception status is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 10 can be received. For example, the received electric field strength exceeds a predetermined level, and the value of BER (bit error rate) is within a predetermined threshold. If the content distribution is permitted, the control unit 19 proceeds to step S12. If not permitted, the control unit 19 proceeds to step S17.
  • BER bit error rate
  • Step S12 The control unit 19 registers the device ID of the receiver 30 and the distributable information by a distributable information registration process (see FIG. 8) described later. When the distributable information registration process is completed, the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S13.
  • Step S13 The control unit 19 transmits an instruction to delete the power supply progress information to the receiver 30 that has requested the content distribution.
  • Step S14 The control unit 19 determines whether or not there is content that can be currently distributed.
  • the distributable content is content that distributes content related to a program transmitted by the broadcast station 10 using broadcast waves in conjunction with time.
  • content that is the same as a program that is being transmitted by broadcast waves that is, content that is subject to IP retransmission
  • the control unit 19 proceeds to the processing of step S15.
  • the control unit 19 proceeds to step S16. Transition to processing.
  • Step S15 The control unit 19 transmits distributable content to the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request via the IP communication network 100, and ends the processing (END).
  • Step S16 The control unit 19 transmits information indicating that there is no content that can be distributed to the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request via the IP communication network 100, and ends the processing (END).
  • Step S17 The control unit 19 performs a registered device determination process (see FIG. 9) described later. That is, it is determined again whether or not the content distribution is possible even if the content distribution is not possible from the reception status.
  • Step S18 When it is determined that the content distribution is possible (YES in Step S18), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of Step S13. On the other hand, when it is determined that content distribution is not possible (NO in step S18), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S19.
  • Step S19 The control unit 19 transmits information indicating that the content cannot be distributed to the receiver 30 that has requested the content distribution, and ends the processing (END).
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing details of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG.
  • Step S20 The control unit 19 extracts the device ID of the receiver 30 included in the content distribution request data.
  • Step S21 The control unit 19 determines whether or not the device ID extracted in Step S20 is registered in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. If registered (YES in step S21), the process proceeds to step S22. If not registered (NO in step S21), the process proceeds to step S23.
  • Step S22 The control unit 19 determines whether or not content distribution is possible. That is, the control unit 19 refers to the distribution permission determination information DB 16a to determine whether or not the distribution permission determination information associated with the device ID is “distributable”. If “Distributable” is indicated (YES in Step S22), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of Step S13 in FIG. 7 and if “Distributable is not possible” (NO in Step S22). Shifts to the process of step S24.
  • Step S23 The control unit 19 newly registers the device ID of the receiver 30 in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, and registers the distribution availability determination information associated with the device ID as “distributable”. The process proceeds to S13.
  • Step S24 The control unit 19 registers the distribution availability determination information associated with the device ID in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a as “distributable”, and proceeds to the process of step S13 in FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing details of the registered device determination process in step S17 of FIG.
  • Step S30 The control unit 19 extracts the device ID of the receiver 30 included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30.
  • Step S31 The control unit 19 determines whether or not the device ID is registered with reference to the distribution availability determination information DB 16a.
  • the broadcasting station 10 proceeds to the process of step S32, and in the case where it is not registered (NO in step S31). Shifts to the process of step SS35.
  • Step S32 The control unit 19 refers to the distribution permission / inhibition determination information DB 16a to determine whether the distribution permission determination information associated with the device ID is “distributable” or “non-distributable”. To do. If the distribution availability determination information associated with the device ID is “distributable” (YES in step S32), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S33 and becomes “distributable impossible”. If yes (NO in step S32), the process proceeds to step S36.
  • Step S33 The control unit 19 determines whether or not the content can be distributed from the receiver 30 to the receiver 30 from the power supply progress information included in the content distribution request data. Specifically, the control unit 19 determines whether or not the power of the receiver 30 is turned on again within a predetermined time after the power is turned off (eg, removed from the household power supply B). The receiver 30 generates information indicating that a predetermined time has elapsed as power supply information when a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned off by the timer information. Note that the predetermined time here is preferably set to about 10 to 15 minutes because it is assumed that the device is moved in the home.
  • the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S34. If the predetermined time has elapsed (NO in step S33), the control unit 19 proceeds to step S36. Move on to processing.
  • Step S34 The control unit 19 determines that the content distribution to the receiver 30 is possible, and sets the distribution availability determination information of the receiver 30 in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a as “distributable” (flag is 1). sign up.
  • Step S35 The control unit 19 registers the device ID of the receiver 30 in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a and registers the distribution availability determination information as “distribution impossible” (flag is 0). And the control part 19 transfers to the process of step S36.
  • Step S36 The control unit 19 registers the distribution availability determination information of the device ID of the receiver 30 as “distribution impossible” in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. And the control part 36 transfers to the process of step S36.
  • Step S37 The control unit 19 determines that content distribution to the receiver 30 is not possible.
  • this information distribution system 1-1 content is appropriately output from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100 within the broadcast target area without imposing a special operation on the user. Can do. That is, in the information distribution system 1-1, it is possible to distribute content only to the receiver 30 that receives broadcast waves. Further, in this information distribution system 1-1, by determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 30 was disconnected from the power supply, it is possible to obtain a device that has been successfully received in the past even if the reception situation is bad. Can permit content distribution within a predetermined time after the power is turned off.
  • the reception condition is good in the place before the movement, and the power is cut off.
  • the content can be distributed if it is within a predetermined time from the beginning, but if the movement is beyond the broadcast wave reception area of the broadcast station 10, the predetermined time has passed since the power was turned off. Therefore, unauthorized reception can be prohibited.
  • the information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment of the present invention determines whether or not the content can be distributed by the broadcasting station 10. In addition to the determination conditions of the information distribution system 1-1 according to the first embodiment, the information distribution system 1-1A It further requests that the IP addresses match. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 10, the distribution address determination information DB 16a of the broadcast station 10 stores an IP address in addition to the power supply progress information and the distribution permission information.
  • the information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment has the same configuration as the information distribution system 1-1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the operations of the broadcast station 10 and the receiver 30, and therefore refer to FIG.
  • the broadcasting station 10 in the second embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device
  • the receiver 30 corresponds to the information reception device in the claims, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system in the claims. To do.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcasting station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the process of FIG. 11 is the same as the process shown in FIG. 7 except that the process of step S10A is added between the process of step S10 and the process of S11 of FIG. The description of is omitted.
  • Step S10A The control unit 19 detects the transmission source IP address included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30. And the control part 19 will transfer to the process of step S11, if the process of step S10A is completed.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing details of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG. Note that the processing in FIG. 12 is the same as the processing shown in FIG. 8 except for the processing in steps S23A and S24A, and therefore, the same step numbers are given and description thereof is omitted.
  • Step S23A The control unit 19 newly registers the device ID and IP address of the receiver 30, registers the distribution availability determination information as “distributable”, and proceeds to the processing of step S13 in FIG.
  • Step S24A The control unit 19 registers the distribution permission determination information as “distributable”, registers the IP address of the receiver 30, and proceeds to the process of step S13 in FIG.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing details of the registered device determination process in step S17 of FIG.
  • the process in FIG. 13 is the same as the process shown in FIG. 9 except that there is a process in step S33A between the process in step S33 and the process in step S34. The description is omitted.
  • Step S33A The control unit 19 refers to the distribution availability information DB 16a and determines whether or not the IP address associated with the receiver 30 matches the transmission source IP address included in the content distribution request data. .
  • the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S34, and when it is determined that they do not match (NO in step S33A), The process proceeds to step S36.
  • the IP address may be dynamically assigned from the provider every time the Internet is connected. Therefore, in determining whether content distribution is possible, the subnet mask is referred to as a network address unit, or a predetermined upper bit unit ( For example, it may be determined that they are the same by matching the upper 24 bits. Alternatively, when it is known that the IP address is not dynamically changed, it may be determined that they are the same by matching a predetermined bit unit (for example, lower 8 bit unit).
  • the broadcast station 10 refers to the transmission source IP address included in the IP data at the time of the content distribution request from the receiver 30, registers it in association with the device ID of the receiver 30, and matches the IP address. In order to determine whether or not the content can be distributed, it is possible to confirm whether or not the IP address has been used when the receiver 30 is in the broadcast target area in the past. It can be determined with higher accuracy about the presence in the broadcast target area.
  • the information distribution system 1-1B according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention is a content distribution availability determination.
  • the receiver 30 is installed at home. It further requests whether or not it is of the type. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14, the distribution type determination information DB 16a of the broadcast station 10 stores device type information in addition to the power supply progress information, the distribution availability information, and the IP address.
  • 1 is set as a flag indicating a home stationary type
  • 2 indicates an in-vehicle type
  • 3 indicates a mobile type.
  • the information distribution system 1-1B according to the third embodiment is the same in configuration as the information distribution system 1-1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the operations of the broadcast station 10 and the receiver 30, so refer to FIG. The description of the function of each component is omitted.
  • the broadcasting station 10 corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device
  • the receiver 30 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1B according to the third embodiment of the present invention. Note that the processing in FIG. 15 is the same as the processing shown in FIG. 11 except for the processing in step S10B, step S10B1, and step S10B2, and therefore, the same step number is given and description thereof is omitted.
  • Step S10B1 The control unit 19 extracts the device ID, the information indicating the reception status, and the device type information included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30.
  • the broadcast station 10 proceeds to the process of step S10B2.
  • Step S10B2 The control unit 19 determines whether or not the device type information of the receiver 30 is a stationary type after the processing of Step S10B1, and if it is a stationary type (YES in Step S10B), the processing of Step S11 If it is other than the stationary type (NO in step S10B), the process proceeds to step S10B2.
  • Step S ⁇ b> 10 ⁇ / b> B ⁇ b> 3 The control unit 19 determines whether or not content distribution is possible from information indicating the reception status of the receiver 30. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the reception status is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 10 can be received. For example, the received electric field strength exceeds a predetermined level, and the value of BER (bit error rate) is within a predetermined threshold. If the broadcast station 10 permits content distribution (YES in step S10B2), the process proceeds to step S13. If not permitted (NO in step S10B2), the broadcast station 10 proceeds to the process in step S19.
  • BER bit error rate
  • the receiver 30 that is not a stationary type may move out of the broadcasting target area, and therefore determination based on power supply progress information for permitting content distribution even when reception sensitivity deteriorates
  • the processing is not performed.
  • whether or not it is a stationary type may be configured such that information is held in advance on the broadcasting station 10 side and determined from the device ID.
  • the determination is based on the device type information in addition to the device ID, the reception status, and the IP address that are the determination conditions of the second embodiment, but the device ID that is the determination condition of the first embodiment.
  • the determination may be made based on the model type information.
  • FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the broadcast station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1C according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the information distribution system 1-1C according to the fourth embodiment is the same as the information distribution system 1-1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the configuration of the broadcast station 10, and therefore FIG. 1 is referred to. The description of the function is omitted.
  • the broadcasting station 10 in the fourth embodiment corresponds to a wireless station and an information distribution device in claims
  • the receiver 30 corresponds to an information reception device in claims, and as a whole corresponds to an information distribution system in claims. To do.
  • the broadcast station 10 includes a broadcast audio output unit 11A, a timing control unit 12A, a multiplexing information generation unit 13A, a multiplexing unit 14A, a reception unit 15, a content distribution availability determination unit 16, and a content generation unit 17.
  • the transmission unit 18, the content DB 17a, the control unit 19, and the storage unit 20 are main components.
  • the broadcast station 10 corresponds to the radio station and the information distribution device in the claims, but functions as a radio station (broadcast audio output unit, timing control unit, multiplexed information generation unit, multiplexing unit) And a function as an information distribution device (reception unit 15, content distribution availability determination unit 16, content generation unit 17, transmission unit 18, distribution availability determination information DB 16a, content DB 17a) You may make it implement
  • control unit 19 that controls the entire broadcasting station 10. It is realized by executing in cooperation with other hardware resources.
  • the control unit 19 includes a hardware resource (not shown) such as a CPU, DSP, flash memory, ROM, RAM, and the like, and the CPU and DSP store various programs stored in the flash memory and ROM. This is realized by reading the data into the RAM and executing it in cooperation.
  • a hardware resource such as a CPU, DSP, flash memory, ROM, RAM, and the like
  • the CPU and DSP store various programs stored in the flash memory and ROM. This is realized by reading the data into the RAM and executing it in cooperation.
  • Broadcast audio output unit 11A outputs audio signals of already recorded programs and live broadcast programs.
  • the timing control unit 12A controls so that multiplexing information described later can be sent to the broadcast audio signal at a predetermined timing. For example, when a song is broadcast during a broadcast program, song information such as the artist name and song name of the song is transmitted as multiplexed information.
  • the multiplexing information generation unit 13A generates information to be multiplexed into the audio signal from the broadcast audio output unit 11A.
  • the multiplexed information may include URL information related to the broadcast program and search query information based on P2P.
  • the multiplexing unit 14A synthesizes the audio signal from the broadcast audio output unit 11A and the multiplexed information (broadcast data D21) generated by the multiplexed information generation unit 13A, and broadcasts it by superimposing it on the broadcast wave.
  • the broadcast station 10 may be configured to send analog broadcasts.
  • the information distribution systems 1-1, 1-1A, 1-1B, and 1-1C have been described as exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto, and departs from the gist of the invention.
  • Various modifications and changes are possible without departing from the scope.
  • the broadcast station 10 may notify the presence / absence of program-linked content by an audio signal.
  • the presence / absence of linked content may be notified during a broadcast wave program broadcast.
  • the presenter may introduce the program in a program or stream it as a telop.
  • the presence or absence of linked content may be detected by voice recognition or image recognition.
  • the broadcast station 10 side determines whether the content can be output from the reception status transmitted from the receiver 30, but it is limited to the region on the broadcasting station 10 HP.
  • Content and content not limited to a region may be prepared, and the processing may be performed when the receiver 30 requests the reproduction of the content limited to a region.
  • the content distribution availability determination unit 16 of the broadcasting station 10 receives information indicating the reception status of the broadcast wave from the receiver 30, and determines whether the content can be distributed based on the reception status. However, if the content requested from the receiver 30 is not limited to the area, the content can be distributed to the receiver 30 regardless of the result of the reception determination on the broadcast station 10. Good.
  • a client server type network system that downloads content from the broadcasting station 10 is employed. You may make it carry out by the P2P type network system.
  • a request for content to the broadcast station 10 is transmitted as a search query, information indicating the reception status is also transmitted, and only when the information indicating the reception status satisfies a reference value, information on the peer that owns the content And the content may be downloaded from the peer.
  • all or part of the functions of the units described in the information distribution systems 1-1, 1-1A, 1-1B, and 1-1C according to the above-described embodiments are configured by a program, and the program is configured as an information processing apparatus ( You may implement
  • the program can be directly installed on a computer from a medium recorded in a state where the program is executed.
  • the program may be installed on a remote computer via a network.
  • FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing the overall configuration of the information distribution system 1-2 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the information distribution system 1-2 includes a broadcast station 110 and a receiver 130.
  • the broadcast content can be received when the receiver 130 receives the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 with the antenna.
  • the receiver 130 receives content from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100, the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 is detected, The receiver 130 determines whether the content can be output from the broadcast station 110 according to the detection status.
  • the receiver 130 that detects that the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 110 can be received is within a predetermined time even if it is once disconnected from the household power supply 1B of the receiver 130.
  • the broadcast content and / or the content other than the broadcast content can be output via the IP communication network 1100 without determining whether the output can be performed again on the receiver 130 side.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates one broadcasting station 110 and two receivers 130
  • the information distribution system 1-2 may include a plurality of broadcasting stations 110 and three or more receivers 130. Good.
  • the IP communication network 1100 is a communication medium other than radio waves between the broadcasting station 110 and the receiver 130.
  • the IP communication network 1100 may be constituted by a network using any one of the Internet, CATV, dedicated line, VPN (virtual LAN), WAN, etc. using a communication protocol such as TCP / IP, or a combination thereof. Good. Note that other communication protocols other than the IP communication network 1100 may be used as other communication media.
  • the broadcast station 110 transmits the content for the broadcast program as stream data according to the broadcast schedule. Further, the broadcast station 110 can superimpose data broadcast and EPG (Electronic Program Guide) information on the broadcast wave and transmit it.
  • the broadcast station 110 has the same content as the content transmitted by broadcast waves via the IP communication network 1100, related content such as still images, audio, and moving images related to the broadcast program, and unique content independently produced regardless of the broadcast program. It also functions as an information distribution device that provides the receiver 130 with (for example, a home page, text information, still image information, and moving image information provided by the broadcast station 110).
  • the broadcasting station 110 in conjunction with video and audio of the broadcast program, provides data broadcast information, independent information such as weather forecasts and news, EPG information referred to as an electronic program guide, It is a radio station capable of transmitting broadcast waves from an antenna, and is an information distribution apparatus capable of transmitting the above-described information to the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100, and corresponds to the radio station and the information distribution apparatus of the claims. .
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the broadcasting station 110 shown in FIG.
  • the broadcast station 110 includes a content stream creation unit 111, an EPG information creation unit 112, a data broadcast creation unit 113, a MUX (MultipleXer) unit 114, a reception unit 115, a content generation unit 117, a transmission unit 118,
  • the broadcast content DB 111a, the broadcast schedule DB 112a, the data broadcast content DB 113a, the content DB 117a, the control unit 119, and the storage unit 120 are main components.
  • the broadcast station 110 corresponds to the claimed radio station and information distribution apparatus, but functions as a radio station (content stream creation unit 111, EPG information creation unit 112, data broadcast creation unit 113, The MUX unit 114, the broadcast content DB 111a, the broadcast schedule DB 112a, and the function corresponding to the data broadcast content DB 113a) and the function as the information distribution device (the function as the content generation unit 117 and the content DB 117a) are realized by separate devices. You may make it do.
  • the information processing realized by the functions of the content stream creation unit 111, the EPG information creation unit 112, the data broadcast creation unit 113, the MUX unit 114, and the content creation unit 117 described above is a control unit that controls the entire broadcast station 110.
  • 119 is realized by executing in cooperation with hardware resources (not shown).
  • the control unit 119 includes a CPU, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP are stored in the flash memory and the ROM.
  • the various programs are read out to the RAM and executed in cooperation.
  • the broadcast content DB 111a, the broadcast schedule DB 112a, the data broadcast content DB 113a, and the content DB 117a are stored in the storage unit 120.
  • the storage unit 120 includes, for example, a flash memory or an HDD (Hard Disk Drive). Is done.
  • the content stream creation unit 111 creates broadcast content with reference to the broadcast content DB 111a.
  • the description will be made assuming that the broadcast content is encoded and multiplexed in conformity with the MPEG2-TS (Motion Photographic Coding Experts Group-2 Transport Stream) standard.
  • MPEG2-TS Motion Photographic Coding Experts Group-2 Transport Stream
  • video and audio of transmitted content is generated as an encoded ES (Elementary Stream), and a PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) in which ES is packetized for each meaningful unit is generated. Is done.
  • a TS (Transport Stream) packet obtained by dividing the PES is transmitted from the broadcast station 110.
  • each TS packet is assigned a 13-bit packet identifier called PID to the header of each TS packet, it is possible to classify whether each TS packet is video data, audio data, control data, or the like of broadcast content. .
  • the control data here refers to data called SI / PSI (Service Information / Program Specific Information).
  • SI of SI / PSI includes information necessary for creating EPG information
  • PSI is control data including information for performing basic control.
  • the TS packet may be subjected to encryption processing (hereinafter referred to as “scramble processing”) for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast station 110.
  • Encrypt processing hereinafter referred to as “scramble processing”
  • Multi2 can be used as the scrambling method. This Multi2 is one of the methods for encrypting digital data, and is widely used in BS digital broadcasting and terrestrial digital broadcasting.
  • the broadcast content DB 111a stores information on which the above-described broadcast content is based.
  • the EPG information creation unit 112 creates EPG information with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 112a.
  • the broadcast schedule of the broadcast station 110 is stored, but broadcast schedule information of other broadcast stations 110 may be stored.
  • the data broadcast creation unit 113 creates a data broadcast such as information related to weather forecasts and programs from the data broadcast content DB 113a.
  • the data broadcasting content DB 113a includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information and P2P (Peer to Peer) information provided by the broadcasting station 110 related to the program in addition to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to the program. ) Search query information that can be used in the method may be stored.
  • the data broadcast creation unit 113 supplies these information together to the MUX unit 114.
  • the MUX unit 114 includes content data created by the content stream creation unit 111 with reference to the broadcast content DB 111a, EPG information created by the EPG information creation unit 112 with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 112a, and a data broadcast creation unit 113.
  • Broadcast data D2 is generated by multiplexing data broadcast program data created with reference to the data broadcast content DB 113a. Then, the broadcast data D2 is transmitted as a broadcast wave from the antenna of the broadcast station 110.
  • the receiving unit 115 is a communication interface that can receive a content distribution request from the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100.
  • the content generation unit 117 Upon receiving a content distribution request from the receiver 130, the content generation unit 117 refers to the content DB 117a to determine whether there is content that can be transmitted to the receiver 130, and when there is content that can be transmitted. Generates content.
  • the content that can be transmitted to the receiver 130 may be content requested by the receiver 130 or content linked to the broadcast program. The selected content may be generated when the receiver 130 requests specific content, and the program-linked content may be automatically generated and transmitted for other distribution requests. Note that whether or not a specific content can be distributed is determined by determining whether or not the content can be distributed on the receiver 130 side. However, depending on the result of determining whether or not the receiver 130 can distribute the content, a specific site operated by the broadcasting station 110 is determined. You may make it restrict
  • contents are stored in the contents DB 117a.
  • the content stored in the content DB 117a stores content that is broadcast on broadcast waves, content that is linked to a program, content that can be accessed even after the end of broadcasting, content that is not limited to an area, and the like. Specific examples of content include still images, moving images, and audio.
  • the information is described in a markup language such as XML (extensible Markup Language) or BML (Broadcast Markup Language). By using such a markup language, compatibility with the IP communication network 1100 is obtained. Can be made good.
  • the transmission unit 118 is a communication interface that receives a content distribution request from the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100 and transmits the content to the receiver 130.
  • the receiver 130 is a terminal that receives TV broadcast or radio broadcast, for example, and is a receiving terminal mounted in a car, a receiving terminal fixed for home use, or a mobile terminal that can be carried. It doesn't matter.
  • the receiver 130 may have a recording function or a recording function.
  • the terminal used at home is, for example, an STB, and is used by being connected to the home power supply 1B.
  • the receiver 130 receives the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 described above, and outputs video, audio and EPG information of the received broadcast program.
  • the receiver 130 transmits the broadcast station 110 transmitted via the IP communication network 1100. It is possible to receive and output the same content as the content transmitted by the broadcast wave and / or content related to the content and other different content. Note that the receiver 130 corresponds to the information receiving device in the claims.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a block configuration of the receiver 130 shown in FIG.
  • the receiver 130 outputs the information received from the broadcast station 110 to the display device 150 and the audio reproduction device 160.
  • the receiver 130 according to the present embodiment is a separate device from the display device 150 and the audio playback device 160.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the receiver 130, the display device 150, and the audio reproduction device 160 may be provided in the same housing, for example, a television set. Further, the receiver 130 and the display device 150 may be provided in the same housing, and only the audio reproduction device 160 may be provided in another housing. That is, there are no particular limitations on the devices in which the three receivers 130, the display device 150, and the audio reproduction device 160 are provided.
  • the receiver 130 includes a control unit 131, an operation input unit 132, a tuner 133, a DEMUX (DEMMultipleXer) unit 134, a decoding unit 135, a video / audio output unit 136, a storage unit 137, a communication unit 138,
  • the reception status detection unit 140, the output availability determination unit 141, the power supply detection unit 142, and the timer 143 are main components.
  • the control unit 131 includes, for example, a CPU, a DSP, a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP are a flash memory that is a part of the storage unit 137.
  • the control unit 131 is a part that analyzes the operation signal input to the operation input unit 132 and controls the operation of each unit constituting the receiver 130 or a part thereof. For example, when a user inputs a channel selection instruction using the operation input unit 132, a signal indicating the content of the channel selection instruction is input to the control unit 131 via the operation input unit 132 and a bus (not shown). Then, the control unit 131 tunes to a channel selected by the user by the tuner 133 via a bus (not shown). Further, for example, when the user inputs a content distribution request instruction via the IP communication network 1100 using the operation input unit 132, a signal instructing the content distribution request is transmitted via the operation input unit 132 and a bus (not shown). Input to the control unit 131. Then, the control unit 131 transmits a content distribution request to the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100, and determines whether to output the content received from the broadcast station 110.
  • the operation input unit 132 is configured with, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be configured to allow voice input or the like.
  • the operation input unit 132 receives an operation input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the control unit 131.
  • the user can perform an operation input to the receiver 130 by operating the operation input unit 132.
  • the operation input to the receiver 130 may be input to the operation input unit 132 provided in the receiver 130 via a wireless signal (operation signal) such as infrared rays.
  • the operation signal input to the operation input unit 132 is input to the control unit 131 via a bus (not shown).
  • the tuner 133 receives the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 110 with an antenna, demodulates the received RF (Radio Frequency) signal, performs error correction, etc., and outputs a TS signal composed of TS packets to the DEMUX unit 134.
  • RF Radio Frequency
  • FIG. 18 only one tuner 133 is shown for receiving terrestrial digital broadcasting. However, when receiving analog broadcasting, radio broadcasting (analog, digital), and BS broadcasting (analog, digital), those tuners are also shown.
  • a tuner 133 may be provided and two or more tuners 133 may be provided.
  • the DEMUX unit 134 converts a TS signal composed of TS packets (that is, broadcast data obtained by multiplexing a plurality of streams such as video and audio in the MUX unit 14 of the transmission-side broadcast station 110) into stream data such as video and audio.
  • the data is separated into section format data such as SI / PSI.
  • Each data separated by the DEMUX unit 134 is supplied to the decoding unit 135 in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 131.
  • the decoding unit 135 decodes broadcasting content, EPG information, data broadcasting, and the like according to instructions from the control unit 131.
  • the decoding unit 135 supplies the decoded data to the storage unit 137.
  • the data supplied from the decoding unit 135 to the storage unit 137 may be supplied as it is as a data signal without being decoded as a video signal or an audio signal.
  • the decoding unit 135 decodes the above-described broadcast content, EPG information, data broadcast, and the like to generate audio data, video data, and program data, respectively.
  • the decoded audio data is supplied to the audio reproduction device 160 described above.
  • the audio reproduction device 160 performs D / A conversion processing on the supplied audio data and outputs it as an audio signal.
  • the decoding unit 135 supplies the decoded video data and program data to the video / audio output unit 136.
  • the decoding unit 135 decodes the content data received from the communication unit 138 via the IP communication network 1100 according to the instruction of the control unit 131 and supplies the decoded content data to the video / audio output unit 136.
  • the data supplied to the video / audio output unit 136 is output to the display device 150 and / or the audio reproduction device 160.
  • the video / audio output unit 136 stores the supplied program data in a RAM (not shown).
  • the video / audio output unit 136 generates EPG information by drawing program data. Then, the video / audio output unit 136 generates a synthesized screen obtained by synthesizing the screen based on the EPG information on the screen based on the video data from the decoding unit 135, and sends it to the display device 150.
  • the display device 150 displays this composite screen.
  • the storage unit 137 stores registration information about the receiver 130 that uses the information distribution system 1-2 using the receiver 130.
  • the registration information about the receiver 130 includes a device ID associated with the receiver 130 that uses the information distribution system 1-2, power supply progress information associated with the device ID, and the like.
  • the initial value of the power supply progress information is set to “0”, and is “1” when a predetermined time has passed since the home power supply 1B is disconnected from the own device, as determined by the control unit 131.
  • a value of “0” is set when the home power source 1B is not disconnected from the own device and when a predetermined time has not elapsed even when the home power source 1B is disconnected from the own device.
  • the storage unit 137 stores the reception status and reception time when the radio wave of the broadcasting station 110 was received in the past. Note that the storage unit 137 may store the reception status for each individual broadcast station 110, or prepare a table of the broadcast stations 110 that can be received in an area, and provide a table of information indicating the reception status for the area. You may make it hold
  • FIG. 20 shows an example of information stored in the storage unit 137 shown in FIG. 19, where (A) shows an example of management for each broadcast station 110, and (B) shows an example of management for each broadcast type. (C) shows an example of management for each region.
  • information histories of “broadcast type”, “broadcast station”, “frequency”, “output availability information”, “output discrimination time”, and “IP address” are stored for each broadcast station 110. It is stored and managed in the storage unit 137.
  • “Broadcast type” stores the type of broadcast.
  • “Broadcast station” stores the name of the broadcast station.
  • “Frequency” stores the frequency of the broadcast.
  • “Output availability information” is set with a flag of “0” or “1”, and when it is determined that the received content can be output depending on the reception status of the broadcast wave, “1” is output. Is determined, “0” is set.
  • the “output discrimination time” stores the time when the output determination is made.
  • the “IP address” stores the IP address set in the own device at the time when the output permission determination is made.
  • FIG. 20A shows one information history of each broadcasting station 110, but since it is stored when determining whether output is possible or not, it is sequentially stored in the storage unit 137 as information history for each broadcasting station 110. It will be remembered.
  • FIG. 20B information histories of “region code”, “output availability information”, “output discrimination time”, and “IP address” are stored in the storage unit 137 for each broadcast type. It may be stored and managed.
  • the “region code” stores a code that can uniquely identify the region associated with the broadcast type. Note that items having the same item names as those in FIG. 20A have the same functions and roles, and thus description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 20B shows one information history for each broadcast type, but since it is stored when determining whether or not output is possible, it is sequentially stored in the storage unit 137 as an information history for each broadcast type. To go.
  • FIG. 20C information histories of “region code”, “output availability information”, “output discrimination time”, and “IP address” are stored in the storage unit 137 for each region and managed. May be. Note that the items stored in the storage unit 137 are the same as those described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 20C shows one information history for each region (for each region code), but since it is stored when determining whether output is possible or not, it is sequentially stored in the storage unit 137 as an information history for each region. It will be remembered.
  • the communication unit 138 is a communication interface that communicates with the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100.
  • the communication unit 138 receives content data from the transmission unit 118 of the broadcast station 110 and outputs the content data to the decoding unit 135.
  • the reception status detection unit 140 has a function of detecting the reception status of a broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 in accordance with a reception status detection instruction that the control unit 131 is instructed with a content distribution request. The details of the reception status detection unit 140 will be described together with the operation of the receiver 130 described later.
  • the value (detection signal) detected by the reception status detection unit 140 is supplied to the output availability determination unit 141.
  • the output permission determination unit 141 is a value supplied from the reception status detection unit 140, a value output from a power supply detection unit 142 described later, and a value output from a timer 143 described later. Is stored in the storage unit 137, and based on these pieces of information, it is determined whether to output the content received via the communication unit 138. The details of the output propriety determination unit 141 will be described together with the operation of the receiver 130 described later.
  • the output propriety determination unit 141 supplies a signal permitting output to the video / audio output unit 136 and determines that output of the received content is not permitted. In such a case, a display indicating that the data cannot be output to the display device 150 or a message indicating that the data cannot be output to the audio playback device 160 is output (reproduced).
  • the power source detection unit 142 detects whether or not the receiver 130 is connected to the household power source 1B. Further, the power source detection unit 142 determines whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the timer 143 provided with an internal battery (not shown) different from the home power source 1B is disconnected from the home power source 1B. To do. Then, the power source detection unit 142 outputs information indicating whether the receiver 130 is connected to the household power source 1B and determination information by the timer 143 to the control unit 131. Note that the information indicating whether or not the receiver 130 is connected to the household power supply 1B output from the power supply detection unit 142 includes connection time information or disconnection time information in addition to the presence or absence of connection.
  • the receiver 130 may include a descrambler unit (not shown) for releasing the scramble when the broadcast data superimposed on the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 is scrambled. Good.
  • the descrambler unit cancels the TS signal composed of the TS packet that is superimposed on the RF signal received by the tuner and scrambled and transmitted to the normal signal according to the instruction of the control unit 131. Process. Further, the descrambler unit supplies a TS signal composed of the TS packet from which the scramble process has been released to the DEMUX unit 134.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 shown in FIG. In the following processing, it is assumed that there are a plurality of broadcast stations 110 and broadcast waves are transmitted from each broadcast station 110.
  • control unit 131 When the control unit 131 receives a content distribution request signal via the IP communication network 1100 to the broadcast station 110 generated by the user operating the operation input unit 132, the control unit 131 starts processing.
  • Step S101 The control unit 131 determines whether or not there is an access request to the broadcast station 110. If there is an access request (YES in step S101), the process proceeds to step S102. If there is no access request (NO in step S101), the determination process in step S101 is repeated until there is an access request. Note that the control unit 131 may monitor until there is an access request.
  • Step S102 The control unit 131 determines whether or not the content from the broadcasting station 110 requested to access in step S101 is being received by a broadcast wave. If the content is being received from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access (YES in step S102), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process in step S104. On the other hand, when the content from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access is not being received (NO in step S102), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S103.
  • Step S103 The control unit 131 tunes the tuner 133 and receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access.
  • the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S104.
  • Step S104 The control unit 131 controls the tuner 133 to detect the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 received in step S103. Specifically, the control unit 131 detects the electric field reception intensity and / or reception error rate of the broadcast wave.
  • the receiver 130 includes an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal.
  • the value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the control unit 131.
  • a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit is provided as the generation circuit so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected.
  • the receiver 130 As a method for the control unit 131 and the reception status detection unit 140 to detect a broadcast wave reception error rate, the receiver 130 is provided with a reception error rate detection circuit, and a detection signal obtained from the detection circuit is transmitted to the control unit. It is made to output to 131.
  • FIG. 22 is a block diagram showing an example of the reception error rate detection circuit 170 for performing the detection process of step S104 shown in FIG.
  • a reception error detection unit 171 that can detect a reception error
  • a main counter 172 that increments by one each time the reception error detection unit 171 checks a bit of the reception data R11
  • a reception error detection unit 171 an error bit counter 173 that increments each time an error bit of the received data R11 is detected
  • a reception error rate calculation unit that always calculates an error rate from the count values of the main counter 172 and the error bit counter 173 described above.
  • a determination unit 175 that outputs the detection signal T11. For example, 4 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 , 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 , 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 , and 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 are stored in the reference values set in advance in the memory 176, and the calculated error rate is calculated.
  • the reception error rate can be detected by causing the determination unit 175 to output the respective detection signals to the control unit 131 at a point in time when the value exceeds any of these reference values.
  • the reception error rate detection circuit 170 described above is merely an example, and any circuit may be used as long as the reception error rate can be detected.
  • the reception state of the broadcast wave can be detected.
  • the control unit 131 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 received in step S103, the storage unit 137 stores the output permission information and the output determination time as shown in FIG. 20 based on the information indicating the reception status. And the process proceeds to step S105. Note that it is preferable that the control unit 131 sets the output availability information (0 or 1 flag) from the situation indicating the reception situation in consideration of the actual broadcast wave reception situation. .
  • Step S105 The control unit 131 determines whether or not content can be output from the reception status detected in step S104. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the content can be output with reference to information indicating the reception status stored in the storage unit 137. When the content output is permitted (YES in step S105), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S106, and when not permitted (NO in step S105), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S107.
  • Step S106 The control unit 131 can output the content received from the broadcasting station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 and the audio reproduction device 160 as video and audio output data, and can output to the storage unit 137.
  • the information to that effect and the time at which the output propriety determination is performed are stored, and the process is terminated (END).
  • the content received here may be in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced after the output permission determination in step S106, or the content is buffered after the access request is generated in step S101. You may make it reproduce
  • Step S107 The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 to determine whether there is reception information that can be output in the past. Specifically, the control unit 131 refers to the management table as shown in FIG. 20 and searches for the presence / absence of information whose output permission information is “1”. When it is determined that there is reception information that can be output in the past (YES in step S107), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S108, and when it is determined that there is no reception information that can be output in the past (step S107). If NO in S107, the process proceeds to step S109.
  • Step S108 The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 and determines whether or not the content can be output from the power supply progress information. Specifically, the control unit 131 sets the time when power is connected again after power-off as the power-supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137 and information indicating that output is possible (the flag of the output permission information is 1). If the time information reconnected to the power source is not found in the first place, or the time reconnected to the power source can be output. If the current time is within a predetermined time from the time when the output is enabled (YES in step S108), the output of the content is permitted.
  • the time associated with the information that can be output is earlier than the time information connected to the power source again, and the current time is the latest.
  • the process proceeds to step S109.
  • the predetermined time here is preferably set to 15 minutes or 30 minutes, for example, as the movement time in the house, but may be other than the above.
  • Step S109 The control unit 131 outputs that the content cannot be output to the display device 150 and the audio reproduction device 160, and ends the processing (END).
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 110 shown in FIG.
  • Step S1010 The control unit 119 determines whether or not there is a content that can be currently distributed.
  • the distributable content is content in which content related to a program transmitted by the broadcast station 110 using broadcast waves is distributed in conjunction with time.
  • content that is the same as a program that is being transmitted by broadcast waves that is, content that is subject to IP retransmission
  • the control unit 119 proceeds to the processing of step S1011. If there is no content that can be currently distributed (NO in step S1010), the control unit 119 proceeds to step S1012. Transition to processing.
  • Step S1011 The control unit 119 transmits distributable content to the receiver 130 that has transmitted the content distribution request via the IP communication network 1100, and ends the processing (END).
  • Step S1012 The control unit 119 transmits to the receiver 130 that has transmitted a content distribution request via the IP communication network 1100 that there is no content that can be distributed, and ends the processing (END).
  • content received via the IP communication network 1100 is appropriately output from the receiver 130 within the broadcast target area without imposing a special operation on the user. Can be made. That is, in this information distribution system 1-2, it is possible to output content only to the receiver 130 that can receive broadcast waves. In addition, in this information distribution system 1-2, by determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 130 was disconnected from the power source, it was possible to receive well in the past even if the reception condition of the broadcast wave was bad. As for the devices that have been turned on, content output can be permitted within a predetermined time after the power is turned off.
  • the reception condition is good in the place before the movement, and the power is cut off.
  • Content output can be permitted if it is within a predetermined time from the beginning, but in the case of movement exceeding the broadcast wave reception area of the broadcast station 110, a predetermined time after the power is turned off Since it is highly probable that has passed, unauthorized content output can be prohibited.
  • an information distribution system 1-2A according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention will be described.
  • the information distribution system 1-2A according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention in the content output permission determination of the receiver 130, when the reception status is good and the content output is permitted, the information distribution system 1-2A is stored in the storage unit 137 of the receiver 130.
  • the power supply progress information of the household power supply 1B is changed.
  • the power supply progress information of the sixth embodiment is different from the power supply progress information of the fifth embodiment, and whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the home power supply 1B was removed by the 0 and 1 flags (0 is elapsed). Not 1).
  • the information distribution system 1-2A according to the sixth embodiment is the same as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the operation of the receiver 130. The description of the function is omitted.
  • the broadcasting station 110 according to the sixth embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device
  • the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 110 of the information distribution system 1-2A according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the process of FIG. 24 is the same as the process shown in FIG. 23 except that the process of step S105A is added after the process of step S105 of FIG. 21 and the processes of steps S106A and S108A are performed instead of the processes of steps S106 and S108. For this reason, the same step numbers are assigned and descriptions thereof are omitted.
  • Step S105A The control unit 131 changes the power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137. Specifically, the control unit 131 changes the power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137 from 1 to 0. The control unit 131 keeps 0 if it is originally set to 0. When the process of step S105A is completed, the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S106A.
  • Step S106A The control unit 131 can output the content received from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 or the audio reproduction device 160 as video or audio output data, and can output the content to the storage unit 137.
  • the information to that effect is stored and the process is terminated (END).
  • Step S108A The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 and determines whether or not content can be output from the power supply progress information. Specifically, the control unit 131 refers to the determination result (0 or 1 flag value) of the power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137 and determines that the predetermined time has not elapsed (that is, 0 (Yes in step S108A), the process proceeds to step S106A to permit the output of the content, and the determination result that the predetermined time has passed (that is, the flag of 1) If there is (NO in step S108A), the output of the content is not permitted, and the process proceeds to step S109.
  • the determination result (0 or 1 flag value
  • the power supply progress information is deleted from the storage unit 137 when it is determined that it can be output from the reception status of radio waves from the broadcast station 110. Can easily determine that the self-apparatus has been disconnected from the home power supply 1B and that a predetermined time has elapsed since it was determined that reception was possible. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the output of the content from being permitted in a situation where the receiver 130 may have moved to another region by such processing.
  • the information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention relates to internal processing in the case of disconnecting from the home power supply 1B on the premise of content distribution availability determination.
  • the information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment has the same configuration as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the operation of the receiver 130. The description of the function is omitted.
  • the broadcasting station 110 according to the seventh embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device
  • the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 of the information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • Step S1020 The control unit 131 detects whether or not the device is disconnected from the household power supply 1B. If the control unit 131 detects that the device is disconnected from the household power source 1B (YES in step S1020), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S1021, and if not detected (NO in step S1020), performs the process. End (END).
  • Step S1021 The control unit 131 detects whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed after being disconnected from the household power supply 1B.
  • the predetermined time is assumed to be moving within the house, so it is preferably about 10 to 15 minutes, but other times (for example, 5 minutes, 30 minutes, 60 minutes, etc.) are set. May be. If the control unit 131 detects that a predetermined time has elapsed (YES in step S1021), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S1022, and if it cannot be detected (NO in step S1021), the process ends (END). Note that if it cannot be detected, the process of step S1021 may be looped.
  • Step S1022 The control unit 131 deletes all the output propriety information stored in the storage unit 137 and ends the processing (END).
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 of the information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. Since the processes other than the processes of step S106B and step S107B are the same as the processes shown in FIG. 21, the description of the parts denoted by the same reference numerals is omitted.
  • Step S106B The control unit 131 can output the content received from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 or the audio reproduction device 160 as video or audio output data, and can output the content to the storage unit 137.
  • the information to that effect and the time at which the output propriety determination is performed are stored, and the process is terminated (END).
  • the content received here may be in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced after the determination of whether or not the output is permitted in step S106B, or after the access request in step S101 is generated, the content is buffered. You may make it reproduce
  • Step S107B The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 to determine whether there is reception information that can be output in the past. Specifically, the control unit 131 refers to the management table as shown in FIG. 20A and searches for the presence / absence of information whose output enable / disable information is “1”. When it is determined that there is reception information that can be output in the past (YES in step S107B), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S108, and when it is determined that there is no reception information that can be output in the past (step S107). If NO in S107B, the process proceeds to step S109.
  • an information distribution system 1-2C according to Example 8 of the present invention will be described.
  • the information distribution system 1-2C according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention there is information in which content output is permitted from information indicating the reception status associated with the broadcasting station 110 in the past, and content output is permitted. If the received IP address matches, the content output is permitted even if the reception status is bad.
  • the information distribution system 1-2C according to the eighth embodiment has the same configuration as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the operation of the receiver 130. Therefore, referring to FIG. The description of the function is omitted.
  • the broadcasting station 110 according to the seventh embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device
  • the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 of the information distribution system 1-2C according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. Since the processes other than the processes of steps S105C, S106C, and S107C are the same as the processes shown in FIG. 21, the description of the parts denoted by the same reference numerals is omitted.
  • Step 5C The control unit 131 detects the current IP address assigned to the own device. When the process of step S105C is completed, the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S107C.
  • Step S106C The control unit 131 outputs the content received from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 or the audio reproduction device 160 as video or audio output data, and can output it to the storage unit. And the time information and the IP address detected in step S105C are stored, and the process ends (END).
  • the content received here may be in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced after the determination of whether output is possible in step S106C, or after the access request in step S101 is generated, the content is buffered. The content received after the access request in step S101 is generated after it is determined in S106C that output is possible may be reproduced.
  • Step S107C The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 to determine whether there is reception information that can be output in the past and whether the IP addresses match. If the control unit 131 determines that there is reception information that can be output in the past and the IP addresses match (YES in step S107C), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process in step S108, and other determinations are made. If YES (NO in step S107C), the process proceeds to step S109.
  • the IP address cannot be compared in the first determination as to whether or not output is possible, it is performed only from the reception status of the radio wave from the broadcast station 110. In the second determination as to whether or not output is possible. Since it is possible to compare whether or not it matches the IP address when it was a good reception situation in the past, even if the reception situation of radio waves deteriorated due to movement in the house Since the output of the content is permitted, the output propriety determination can be performed by a more accurate method.
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of the broadcasting station 110 of the information distribution system 1-2D according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the information distribution system 1-2D according to the ninth embodiment is the same as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the configuration of the broadcast station 110. Therefore, the configuration shown in FIG. The description of the function is omitted.
  • the broadcasting station 110 in the eighth embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution apparatus
  • the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception apparatus in the claims, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system in the claims. To do.
  • the broadcast station 110 includes a broadcast audio signal output unit 111A, a timing control unit 112A, a multiplexing information generation unit 113A, a multiplexing unit 114A, a reception unit 115, a content distribution availability determination unit 116, and a content generation unit.
  • 117, a transmission unit 118, a content DB 117a, a control unit 119, and a storage unit 120 are main components.
  • the broadcasting station 110 corresponds to the wireless station and the information distribution device in the claims, but functions as a wireless station (broadcast audio output unit, timing control unit, multiplexed information generation unit, multiplexing unit) And a function as an information distribution device (a function as a reception unit 115, a content distribution availability determination unit 116, a content generation unit 117, a transmission unit 118, and a content DB 117a) are realized by separate devices. May be.
  • the information processing realized by the functions of the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A, the timing control unit 112A, the multiplexing information generation unit 113A, and the multiplexing unit 114A described above is not performed by the control unit 119 that controls the entire broadcasting station 110.
  • the control unit 119 includes a CPU, a DSP, a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP store various programs stored in the flash memory and the ROM. This is realized by reading the data into the RAM and executing it in cooperation.
  • the function, program, and cooperative relationship with the hardware configuration of the entire apparatus in the present embodiment are the same as those in the fifth to ninth embodiments described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
  • the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A outputs audio signals of already recorded programs and live broadcast programs.
  • the timing control unit 112A controls so that multiplexing information described later can be sent to the broadcast audio signal at a predetermined timing. For example, when a song is broadcast during a broadcast program, song information such as the artist name and song name of the song is transmitted as multiplexed information.
  • the multiplexing information generation unit 113A generates information to be multiplexed into the audio signal from the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A.
  • the multiplexed information may include URL information related to the broadcast program and search query information based on P2P.
  • the multiplexing unit 114A synthesizes the audio signal from the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A and the multiplexed information generated by the multiplexed information generation unit 113A, and broadcasts it by superimposing it on the broadcast wave.
  • the broadcast station 110 may be configured to send an analog broadcast.
  • the broadcast station 110 may notify the presence / absence of program-linked content by an audio signal.
  • the presence / absence of linked content may be notified during broadcast broadcasting of a broadcast wave.
  • the presenter may introduce the program in a program or stream it as a telop.
  • the presence or absence of linked content may be detected by voice recognition or image recognition.
  • the receiver 130 determines whether or not the content transmitted from the broadcast station 110 can be output.
  • Unlimited content may be prepared, and the processing may be performed on the receiver 130 side only for the output of region-specific content.
  • the information distribution systems 1-2, 1-2A, 1-2B, 1-2C, and 1-2D adopt a client server type network system that downloads content from the broadcast station 110.
  • it may be performed by a P2P type network system.
  • a request for content to the broadcast station 110 is transmitted as a search query, information indicating the reception status is also transmitted, and information on a peer that owns the content is only when the information indicating the reception status satisfies a reference value.
  • the content may be downloaded from the peer.
  • each device described in the information distribution systems 1-2, 1-2A, 1-2B, 1-2C, 1-2D are configured by a program.
  • the program can be directly installed on a computer from a medium recorded in a state where the program is executed.
  • the program may be installed on a remote computer via a network.
  • 1-1, 1-1A to 1C, 1-2, 1-2A to 2D information distribution system 10, 110 broadcast station (wireless station, information distribution device), 30, 130 receiver (information receiving device), 100,1100 IP communication network (other communication media) 16, 116 Content distribution availability determination unit (information distribution control unit), 131 control unit (information distribution request unit, disconnection time determination unit, reception information detection unit, output availability determination unit), 132 Operation input part (part of information distribution request part), 142 power supply detection unit (power supply information detection unit, part of the disconnection time determination unit), 143 timer (part of cutting time determination unit), 170 reception error rate detection circuit (part of the reception information detection unit),

Abstract

Contents can be appropriately transmitted/received via an alternative communication medium within an area, where a broadcast is to be implemented, without imposing any special operations on users. An information delivering system (1-1) wherein: an information receiving apparatus (receiver 30) comprises a reception status detecting unit for detecting the reception status of radio waves and a power supply information detecting unit for detecting whether the information receiving apparatus is connected to a power supply; an information delivering apparatus (broadcast station 10) comprises an information delivering unit for delivering, to the information receiving apparatus, information a radio station (broadcast station 10) uses radio waves to transmit and/or information other than the information the radio station uses radio waves to transmit, via an alternative communication medium (IP communication network 100) different from the radio waves; and the transmission/reception of the information to be delivered is controlled in accordance with both the reception status detected by the reception status detecting unit and the power supply information detected by the power supply information detecting unit.

Description

情報配信システム、情報配信装置、情報配信方法、情報配信プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信方法並びに情報受信プログラムInformation distribution system, information distribution apparatus, information distribution method, information distribution program, information reception apparatus, information reception method, and information reception program
 本発明は、情報配信システム、情報配信装置、情報配信方法、情報配信プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信方法並びに情報受信プログラムに関する。 The present invention relates to an information distribution system, an information distribution device, an information distribution method, an information distribution program, an information reception device, an information reception method, and an information reception program.
 地上デジタル放送やラジオ放送のコンテンツをIP再送信する場合には、放送事業を行うための放送免許を放送対象地域別に取得する必要がある。しかしながら、当該コンテンツをIP通信網経由で再送信すると、IPマルチキャスト技術により配信され、放送免許を取得している放送対象地域以外にも配信されてしまう可能性がある。したがって、放送局が放送波で送信したコンテンツをIP通信網経由で再配信する場合には、放送対象地域内にのみ存在する移動体端末やTV、STB(Set Top Box)へ配信されるように、地域別のアクセス制御を行う必要がある。 When transmitting terrestrial digital broadcast or radio broadcast contents IP retransmitted, it is necessary to obtain a broadcast license for the broadcast business for each broadcast target area. However, if the content is retransmitted via the IP communication network, there is a possibility that the content will be distributed by the IP multicast technology and distributed outside the broadcast target area for which the broadcast license has been acquired. Therefore, when the content transmitted by broadcast stations is redistributed via the IP communication network, it is distributed to mobile terminals, TVs, and STBs (Set Top Boxes) that exist only in the broadcast target area. It is necessary to control access by region.
 たとえば、受信機の設置される地域によってアクセス制御を行う方法の1つとして、IPデータのヘッダに含まれるTTL(Time To Live)値、つまり経由するルータのホップ数を放送対象地域毎に予め設定するものが提案されている(特許文献1参照)。このような設定でコンテンツを配信すると、ブロードキャストや特定のIPアドレス範囲のみを指定したIPマルチキャストによる再配信であっても、このIPデータに設定されたTTL値がゼロになると、当該コンテンツを転送するルータがIPデータを途中で破棄するため、IP通信網経由であっても、コンテンツが放送対象地域のみに送信することが可能となる。 For example, as one method of performing access control depending on the area where the receiver is installed, the TTL (Time To Live) value included in the header of the IP data, that is, the number of hops of the router through which it is set in advance for each broadcast target area Have been proposed (see Patent Document 1). When content is distributed with such settings, even if redistribution is performed by broadcast or IP multicast specifying only a specific IP address range, the content is transferred when the TTL value set in this IP data becomes zero Since the router discards the IP data in the middle, the content can be transmitted only to the broadcast target area even through the IP communication network.
 また、他の観点として、使用者が放送波を受信する地域に居住し、携帯できる受信機を有している場合に、コンテンツを受信したい場所が当該地域外であるときのアクセス制御方法の1つとして、特定の登録地域での受信許可を示す情報が記憶された記憶媒体を装着した受信機を用いるものが提案されている(特許文献2参照)。このような構成を採用してコンテンツを再配信すると、正当な利用者であれば、登録地域外にいる場合であっても、IP通信網経由でコンテンツを受信することが可能となる。 As another aspect, when the user lives in an area where broadcast waves are received and has a portable receiver, the access control method is used when the place where the user wants to receive content is outside the area. One proposed method is to use a receiver equipped with a storage medium storing information indicating reception permission in a specific registered area (see Patent Document 2). If the content is redistributed by adopting such a configuration, it is possible for a legitimate user to receive the content via the IP communication network even when the user is outside the registered area.
特開2007-336022号公報(要約など)JP 2007-336022 A (summary etc.) 特開2008-141429号公報(要約など)JP 2008-141429 A (summary etc.)
 しかしながら、特許文献1に開示される技術では、コンテンツを初めて配信するか、再配信するかに係わらず、放送対象地域毎にTTL値を厳密に設定しなければ、放送対象地域内にのみ配信できるようにならないため、設定が煩雑となる。また、経由する各ルータの採用するルーティングプロトコルによっては、同一の放送対象地域内であっても、コンテンツが到着するまでの経路が異なることも考えられ、TTL値が必ずしも放送対象地域内にのみ到達できる値となっているか保証されるものではない。したがって、放送対象地域内であってもコンテンツが配信されない可能性や、放送対象地域外であってもコンテンツが配信される可能性があるため、IPデータのTTL値を利用したアクセス制御方法は、信頼性という観点から問題がある。 However, with the technology disclosed in Patent Document 1, regardless of whether content is distributed for the first time or redistributed, it can be distributed only within the broadcast target area unless the TTL value is strictly set for each broadcast target area. Since this does not happen, the setting becomes complicated. Also, depending on the routing protocol adopted by each router that passes through, the route to the arrival of content may be different even within the same broadcast target area, and the TTL value does not necessarily reach only within the broadcast target area. It is not guaranteed that the value is possible. Therefore, since there is a possibility that the content is not distributed even within the broadcast target area, or the content may be distributed even outside the broadcast target area, the access control method using the TTL value of the IP data is There is a problem from the viewpoint of reliability.
 また、特許文献2に開示される技術では、コンテンツを初めて配信するか、再配信するかに係わらず、受信機に受信許可を示す情報が記憶された記憶媒体を必ず装着しなければならない。したがって、ユーザが仮に放送対象地域内で受信機を持っていたとしても、この記憶媒体を受信機に常に装着していないとコンテンツが配信されない。また、仮に日本全国でこの方式を採用するためには、全ての放送局で統一されたユーザ毎の受信許可を示す情報を管理する必要も生じる。 In the technique disclosed in Patent Document 2, a storage medium storing information indicating reception permission must be attached to the receiver regardless of whether the content is distributed for the first time or redistributed. Therefore, even if the user has a receiver in the broadcast target area, the content is not distributed unless the storage medium is always mounted on the receiver. Further, in order to adopt this method throughout Japan, it is necessary to manage information indicating reception permission for each user, which is unified by all broadcasting stations.
 そこで、本発明は、上述した課題に鑑み、ユーザに特別な操作を課すことなく、無線局の放送対象地域内であれば他の通信媒体を介して適切にコンテンツを送受信することができる情報配信システム、情報配信装置、情報配信方法、情報配信プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信方法並び情報受信プログラムを提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, in view of the above-described problems, the present invention provides information distribution capable of appropriately transmitting and receiving content via other communication media within a broadcast target area of a wireless station without imposing a special operation on the user. An object is to provide a system, an information distribution apparatus, an information distribution method, an information distribution program, an information reception apparatus, an information reception method, and an information reception program.
 本発明の一側面としての情報配信システムは、無線局が電波を用いて送出する情報を受信可能な情報受信装置と、情報受信装置に情報を配信可能な情報配信装置と、を有する情報配信システムであって、情報受信装置は、電波の受信状況を検出する受信状況検出部と、自装置が電源に接続しているか否かを検出する電源情報検出部と、を有し、情報配信装置は、無線局が電波を用いて送出する情報および/または無線局が電波を用いて送出する情報以外の他の情報を、電波とは異なる他の通信媒体を介して情報受信装置に配信する情報配信部を有し、受信状況検出部で検出された受信状況および電源情報検出部で検出された電源情報に応じて、配信される情報の送受信を制御するものである。 An information distribution system according to one aspect of the present invention includes an information reception device capable of receiving information transmitted from a radio station using radio waves, and an information distribution device capable of distributing information to the information reception device. The information receiving device includes a reception status detecting unit that detects the reception status of radio waves and a power information detecting unit that detects whether the device is connected to a power source. Information distribution in which information transmitted by radio stations using radio waves and / or information other than information transmitted by radio stations using radio waves is distributed to information receiving devices via other communication media different from radio waves. And controls transmission / reception of distributed information according to the reception status detected by the reception status detection unit and the power supply information detected by the power supply information detection unit.
 本発明の一側面としての情報配信システムは、上述した構成に加えて、情報受信装置は、受信状況検出部により検出された受信感度を示す情報および電源情報検出部により検出された電源切断時間を示す電源情報を情報配信装置へ送信して他の通信媒体を介して情報配信装置が提供する情報を要求し、情報配信装置は、情報受信装置から電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して送信されてきた電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を受信する受信部と、受信部により受信された受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を、情報受信装置と対応付けて記憶部に記憶させると共に、受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、情報受信装置に対して情報配信装置が提供する情報の配信を行うか否かの判定を行う情報配信制御部を有することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is configured so that the information reception device includes information indicating reception sensitivity detected by the reception status detection unit and power-off time detected by the power information detection unit. Power information to be transmitted to the information distribution device to request information provided by the information distribution device via another communication medium, and the information distribution device is transmitted from the information reception device via another communication medium other than radio waves. The reception unit that receives information indicating the reception status of the received radio waves and the power supply information, and the information and power supply information indicating the reception status received by the reception unit are stored in the storage unit in association with the information reception device and received. It is preferable to have an information distribution control unit that determines whether or not to distribute the information provided by the information distribution device to the information reception device based on the information indicating the situation and the power supply information. There.
 本発明の一側面としての情報配信システムは、上述した構成に加えて、情報受信装置は、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置へ他の通信媒体を介して情報配信要求を行う情報配信要求部と、自装置が電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定する切断時間判定部と、受信状況検出部により検出された受信状況を示す情報、自装置が接続されている電源に関する電源情報、切断時間判定部の判定結果とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶すると共に、これらの受信状況を示す情報と、電源情報と、判定結果情報と、記憶部に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報に基づいて、情報配信要求をした配信情報の出力可否判定をする出力可否判定部とをさらに有し、情報配信装置の情報配信部は、情報受信装置の情報配信要求部からの情報配信要求に応じて、配信情報を他の通信媒体を介して情報受信装置へ配信することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is an information distribution apparatus in which an information reception apparatus distributes information transmitted by a wireless station via radio waves via a communication medium other than radio waves. Detected by an information distribution request unit that makes an information distribution request via another communication medium, a disconnection time determination unit that determines whether a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power supply, and a reception status detection unit Information indicating the received status, the power information related to the power source to which the device is connected, and the determination result of the disconnection time determination unit are stored in the storage unit in association with each other, the information indicating the reception status, and the power information And an output availability determination unit that determines whether or not the delivery information requested for information delivery is output based on the determination result information and information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit, Love Delivery unit in response to the information distribution request from the information distribution request unit of the information receiving apparatus, it is preferable to distribute the distribution information via another communication medium to the information receiving apparatus.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信装置は、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を受信する情報受信装置における電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して情報受信装置から受信する受信部と、受信部で受信した受信状況を示す情報および電源情報と、情報受信装置とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶させると共に、情報受信装置から情報配信要求がなされた場合には、情報受信装置に関連付けられて記憶されている受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、情報受信装置に対して情報配信を行うか否かの判定を行う情報配信制御部と、を有する。 An information distribution apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention provides information indicating power reception status and power supply information in an information receiving apparatus that receives information transmitted from a radio station via a radio wave using a communication medium other than the radio wave. The information receiving device receives information from the information receiving device, information indicating the reception status received by the receiving unit and the power supply information, and the information receiving device are associated with each other and stored in the storage unit, and an information distribution request is made from the information receiving device. An information distribution control unit for determining whether or not to perform information distribution to the information receiving device based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the information receiving device and the power supply information. Have.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信方法は、受信部と、記憶部と、情報配信制御部と備え、無線局が電波を介して情報受信装置へ送出する情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して情報受信装置に配信する情報配信装置が実行する情報配信方法であって、受信部が、情報受信装置における電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を他の通信媒体を介して情報受信装置から受信するステップと、情報配信制御部が、上述のステップで受信した受信状況を示す情報および電源情報と、情報受信装置とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶させると共に、情報受信装置から情報配信要求がなされた場合には、情報受信装置に関連付けられて記憶されている受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、情報受信装置に対して情報配信を行うか否かの判定を行うステップと、を有するものである。 An information distribution method according to one aspect of the present invention includes a reception unit, a storage unit, and an information distribution control unit, and transmits information transmitted from a radio station to an information reception device via radio waves, other than radio waves. An information distribution method executed by an information distribution apparatus that distributes to an information reception apparatus via a medium, wherein the reception unit transmits information indicating the reception status of radio waves in the information reception apparatus and power supply information via another communication medium. The step of receiving from the receiving device, and the information distribution control unit stores the information and power supply information indicating the reception status received in the above-described step and the information receiving device in association with each other, and stores the information in the storage unit. When a request is made, whether or not to distribute information to the information receiving device is determined based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the information receiving device and the power supply information. Performing a, and has a.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信プログラムは、コンピュータを、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を受信する情報受信装置における電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を、電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して情報受信装置から受信する受信手段、受信手段で受信した受信状況を示す情報および電源情報と、情報受信装置とを関連付けて記憶手段に記憶させると共に、情報受信装置から情報配信要求がなされた場合には、情報受信装置に関連付けられて記憶されている受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、情報受信装置に対して情報配信を行うか否かの判定を行う情報配信制御手段、として機能させるものである。 In addition, an information distribution program as one aspect of the present invention provides information indicating the reception status of radio waves and power supply information in an information receiving apparatus that receives information transmitted from a wireless station via radio waves, in addition to radio waves. The receiving means for receiving from the information receiving device via the communication medium, the information indicating the reception status received by the receiving means and the power supply information, and the information receiving device are associated with each other and stored in the storing means, and the information receiving device receives information from the information receiving device. Information distribution for determining whether or not to distribute information to the information receiving device based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the information receiving device and the power supply information when the request is made It functions as a control means.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、電波を介して情報を送出する無線局からの電波の受信感度を取得する受信感度取得部と、自装置の電源切断時間を検出する電源検出部と、受信感度取得部により取得された受信感度を示す情報および電源検出部により検出された電源切断時間を示す情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して無線局が送出する情報を配信する情報配信装置に対して送信し、情報を他の通信媒体を介して要求する情報配信要求部と、を有するものである。 In addition, an information receiving apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention includes a reception sensitivity acquisition unit that acquires reception sensitivity of radio waves from a radio station that transmits information via radio waves, and power detection that detects a power-off time of the own apparatus. And information indicating the reception sensitivity acquired by the reception sensitivity acquisition unit and the information indicating the power-off time detected by the power detection unit are transmitted by the wireless station via a communication medium other than radio waves. An information distribution requesting unit that transmits the information to the information distribution apparatus and requests information via another communication medium.
 本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置へ他の通信媒体を介して情報配信要求を行う情報配信要求部と、自装置における電波の受信状況を検出する受信状況検出部と、自装置が電源に接続しているか否かを検出する電源情報検出部と、自装置が電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定する切断時間判定部と、受信状況を示す情報、電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、切断時間判定部の判定結果とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶すると共に、これらの受信状況を示す情報と、電源情報と、判定結果情報と、記憶部に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報とから情報配信要求をした配信情報の出力可否判定をする出力可否判定部と、を有する。 An information receiving apparatus according to an aspect of the present invention sends an information distribution request to an information distribution apparatus that distributes information transmitted from a radio station via radio waves via another communication medium. The information distribution requesting unit to be performed, the reception status detecting unit for detecting the reception status of radio waves in the own device, the power information detecting unit for detecting whether the own device is connected to the power source, and the own device are disconnected from the power source. A disconnection time determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined time has passed, information indicating the reception status, power supply information detected whether or not connected to a power source, and a determination result of the disconnection time determination unit Output of distribution information requested for information distribution from the information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, the determination result information, and the information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit while being stored in the storage unit To make a decision It has a determination unit.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、上述した構成に加えて、出力可否判定部は、出力可否の判定結果を示す情報履歴を記憶部に記憶し、受信状況を示す情報から配信情報の出力を許可できないと判定した場合であっても、記憶部に配信情報の出力を許可された情報履歴がある場合には、配信情報の出力を許可することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information reception device as one aspect of the present invention stores an information history indicating an output determination result in a storage unit, and distributes the information from the information indicating the reception status. Even when it is determined that the output of information cannot be permitted, it is preferable to permit the output of distribution information when there is an information history in which the output of the distribution information is permitted in the storage unit.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、上述した構成に加えて、出力可否判定部は、出力可否判定部は、出力可否の判定結果を示す情報履歴を、受信状況を示す情報、電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、および切断時間判定部の判定結果と関連付けて記憶部に記憶し、受信状況を示す情報から配信情報の出力を許可できないと判定した場合であっても、記憶部に配信情報の出力を許可した情報履歴があり、かつ当該情報履歴に関連付けられている電源情報と現在時刻とを比較して所定時間以内である場合には、配信情報の出力を許可することが好ましい。 In addition to the configuration described above, the information reception device according to one aspect of the present invention includes an output availability determination unit, an output availability determination unit, an information history indicating a determination result of output availability, information indicating a reception status, In the case where it is determined that the output of distribution information cannot be permitted from the information indicating the reception status stored in the storage unit in association with the determination result of the disconnection time determination unit and the power supply information detected as to whether or not the power supply is connected Even if there is an information history allowing the output of the distribution information in the storage unit and the power supply information associated with the information history is compared with the current time and within a predetermined time, the distribution information It is preferable to allow output.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、上述した構成に加えて、出力可否判定部は、受信状況を示す情報から配信情報の出力を許可できると判定した場合であって、記憶部に電源情報が記憶されているときには、当該電源情報を記憶部から削除することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information reception device as one aspect of the present invention is a case where the output permission determination unit determines that output of distribution information can be permitted from information indicating a reception state, and a storage unit When the power supply information is stored in the storage unit, it is preferable to delete the power supply information from the storage unit.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、上述した構成に加えて、電源情報検出部が、自装置が接続している電源から外されたか否かを検出し、当該検出を受けて切断時間判定部が、電源から自装置が外されてから所定時間が経過したか否かを判定し、当該所定時間が経過していると判定された場合には、出力可否判定部が、記憶部に記憶されている電波の受信状況を示す情報を削除することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information reception device according to one aspect of the present invention detects whether the power supply information detection unit has been disconnected from the power supply to which the device is connected, and receives the detection. The disconnection time determination unit determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power source. If it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the output availability determination unit stores the It is preferable to delete information indicating the reception status of radio waves stored in the unit.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、上述した構成に加えて、出力可否判定部は、受信状況を示す情報、電源情報、および自装置に割り振られているIPアドレスを検出して記憶部に記憶すると共に、過去の当該無線局に関する受信状況を示す情報履歴に配信可能である情報があるか否か、および過去の出力可否判定時におけるIPアドレスと現在割り振られているIPアドレスが一致しているか否かにより配信情報の出力可否を判定することが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information reception device as one aspect of the present invention detects the information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, and the IP address assigned to the own device in addition to the configuration described above. The information stored in the storage unit and whether there is information that can be distributed in the information history indicating the reception status of the wireless station in the past, and the IP address and the currently assigned IP address at the time of the past output determination are It is preferable to determine whether or not the delivery information can be output based on whether or not they match.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信方法は、情報配信要求部と、受信状況検出部と、電源情報検出部と、切断時間判定部と、記憶部と、出力可否判定部と備え、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置から当該配信情報を受信する情報受信装置が実行する情報受信方法において、情報配信要求部が、情報配信装置へ情報配信要求を行うステップと、受信状況検出部が、自装置における電波の受信状況を検出するステップと、電源情報検出部が、自装置が電源に接続されているか否かを検出するステップと、切断時間判定部が、自装置が電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定するステップと、出力可否判定部が、受信状況を示す情報、電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、切断時間判定部により判定された結果情報とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶すると共に、これらの受信状況を示す情報と、電源情報と、結果情報と、記憶部に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報とから配信情報の出力可否判定をするステップと、を有する。 An information reception method as one aspect of the present invention includes an information distribution request unit, a reception status detection unit, a power supply information detection unit, a disconnection time determination unit, a storage unit, and an output availability determination unit. In an information receiving method executed by an information receiving apparatus that receives information distributed from an information distribution apparatus that distributes information transmitted by a station via radio waves via a communication medium other than radio waves, the information distribution request unit includes: A step of making an information distribution request to the distribution device, a step of detecting the reception status of the radio device in the own device, and a power information detection unit detecting whether or not the own device is connected to a power source A step, a step in which the disconnection time determination unit determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power supply, and an output availability determination unit is connected to the information indicating the reception status, the power supply Per unit The output power information and the result information determined by the disconnection time determination unit are associated with each other and stored in the storage unit, and the information indicating the reception status, the power source information, the result information, and the storage unit are stored. And determining whether or not the delivery information can be output from the information indicating the past reception status.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信プログラムは、コンピュータを、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置へ他の通信媒体を介して情報配信要求を行う情報配信要求手段、自装置における電波の受信状況を検出する受信状況検出手段、自装置が電源に接続しているか否かを検出する電源情報検出手段、自装置が電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判別する切断時間判定手段、受信状況を示す情報、電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、切断時間判定手段により判定された結果情報とを関連付けて機器情報記憶手段に記憶すると共に、これらの受信状況を示す情報と、電源情報と、結果情報と、機器情報記憶手段に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報とから配信情報の出力可否判定をする出力可否判定手段、として機能させるものである。 According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an information reception program that transmits a computer via an other communication medium to an information distribution apparatus that distributes information transmitted by a wireless station via radio waves via another communication medium. Information distribution request means for making an information distribution request, reception status detection means for detecting the reception status of radio waves in the own apparatus, power supply information detection means for detecting whether or not the own apparatus is connected to a power supply, and the own apparatus from the power supply Disconnection time determination means for determining whether or not a predetermined time has passed since disconnection, information indicating reception status, power supply information detected as to whether or not connected to a power supply, result information determined by disconnection time determination means Are stored in the device information storage means, and information indicating these reception statuses, power supply information, result information, and past reception statuses stored in the device information storage means are displayed. Output permission determination unit that the output permission determination of the distribution information from the information that they appear as a.
 また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信装置は、上述したいずれかの情報受信装置からの情報配信要求に応じて、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信制御部を有するものである。 An information distribution apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention uses a communication medium other than radio waves to transmit information transmitted from a radio station via radio waves in response to an information distribution request from any of the information reception apparatuses described above. An information distribution control unit that distributes through the network.
 本発明によれば、ユーザに特別な操作を課すことなく、放送対象地域内であれば他の通信媒体を介してコンテンツを適切に送受信することができる情報配信システム、情報配信装置、情報配信方法、情報配信プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信方法並びに情報受信プログラムを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, an information distribution system, an information distribution apparatus, and an information distribution method capable of appropriately transmitting and receiving content via other communication media within a broadcast target area without imposing a special operation on the user. An information distribution program, an information receiving apparatus, an information receiving method, and an information receiving program can be provided.
本発明の実施例1に係る情報配信システムの全体構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the whole structure of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 1 of this invention. 図1に示す放送局の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the broadcasting station shown in FIG. 図2に示す放送局の配信可否判定情報DBに格納されている情報の一例を示している。3 shows an example of information stored in a broadcast station distribution availability determination information DB shown in FIG. 2. 図1に示す受信機のブロック構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the block configuration of the receiver shown in FIG. 図1に示す受信機の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the receiver shown in FIG. 図5に示すステップS4の検出処理を行うための受信誤り率検出回路の一例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an example of a reception error rate detection circuit for performing the detection process of step S4 shown in FIG. 図1に示す放送局の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the broadcasting station shown in FIG. 図7のステップS12における配信可能情報登録処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG. 図7のステップS16のおける登録機器判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the registration apparatus determination process in step S16 of FIG. 本発明の実施例2に係る放送局の配信可否情報DBに格納されている情報の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the information stored in the delivery permission information DB of the broadcasting station which concerns on Example 2 of this invention. 本発明の実施例2に係る情報配信システムの放送局の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the broadcasting station of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 2 of this invention. 図11のステップS12のおける配信可能情報登録処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG. 図11のステップS17のおける登録機器判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the registration apparatus determination process in step S17 of FIG. 本発明の実施例3に係る放送局の配信可否情報DBに格納されている情報の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the information stored in the delivery permission information DB of the broadcast station which concerns on Example 3 of this invention. 本発明の実施例3に係る情報配信システムの放送局の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the broadcasting station of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 3 of this invention. 本発明の実施例4に係る情報配信システムの放送局の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the broadcasting station of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 4 of this invention. 本発明の実施例5に係る情報配信システムの全体構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the whole structure of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 5 of this invention. 図17に示す放送局の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the broadcasting station shown in FIG. 図17に示す受信機のブロック構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the block configuration of the receiver shown in FIG. 図19に示す記憶部に記憶されている情報の一例であり、(A)は放送局毎に管理する例を示しており、(B)は放送種別毎に管理する例を示しており、(C)は、地域別に管理する例を示している。19 is an example of information stored in the storage unit illustrated in FIG. 19, (A) illustrates an example of management for each broadcast station, (B) illustrates an example of management for each broadcast type, ( C) shows an example of management by region. 図17に示す受信機の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the receiver shown in FIG. 図21に示すステップS104の検出処理を行うための受信誤り率検出回路の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the reception error rate detection circuit for performing the detection process of step S104 shown in FIG. 図17に示す放送局の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the broadcasting station shown in FIG. 本発明の実施例6に係る情報配信システムの放送局の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the broadcasting station of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 6 of this invention. 本発明の実施例7に係る情報配信システムの受信機の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the receiver of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 7 of this invention. 本発明の実施例7に係る情報配信システムの受信機の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the receiver of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 7 of this invention. 本発明の実施例8に係る情報配信システムの受信機の動作を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows operation | movement of the receiver of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 8 of this invention. 本発明の実施例9に係る情報配信システムの放送局の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the broadcasting station of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 9 of this invention.
 以下、本発明の実施例として実施例1~9を挙げて説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、以下の実施例1~9に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, examples 1 to 9 will be described as examples of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to the following Examples 1 to 9.
(情報配信システムの構成)
 まず、本発明の実施例1に係る情報配信システム1-1について説明する。図1は、本発明の実施例1に係る情報配信システム1-1の全体構成を示すブロック図である。図1に示すように、情報配信システム1-1は、放送局10、受信機30を有している。この情報配信システム1-1では、放送局10から送出された放送波を受信機30がアンテナで受信することにより、放送コンテンツを受信することができる。また、この情報配信システム1-1では、受信機30が放送局10へIP通信網100を介してコンテンツ配信要求する場合に、当該放送局10から送出される放送波の受信状況を検出し、当該検出状況に応じて放送局10側でコンテンツの配信(出力)可否を判定するものである。
(Configuration of information distribution system)
First, the information distribution system 1-1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 1 is a block diagram showing the overall configuration of the information distribution system 1-1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the information distribution system 1-1 has a broadcast station 10 and a receiver 30. In this information distribution system 1-1, broadcast content can be received when the receiver 30 receives the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 with an antenna. Further, in this information distribution system 1-1, when the receiver 30 makes a content distribution request to the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100, the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 is detected, The broadcast station 10 determines whether the content can be distributed (output) according to the detection status.
 また、この情報配信システム1-1では、放送局10の放送波を受信できることを検出した受信機30では、当該受信機30の家庭用電源Bが仮に一旦外されたとしても所定時間以内であれば、放送局10側で再度の配信可否判定をしなくとも、IP通信網100を介して放送コンテンツおよび/もしくは放送コンテンツ以外のコンテンツを受信することができる。なお、図1には、1つの放送局10および2つの受信機30を図示したが、情報配信システム1-1には、複数の放送局10および3以上の受信機30を有していてもよい。 Further, in this information distribution system 1-1, in the receiver 30 that detects that the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 10 can be received, even if the household power source B of the receiver 30 is temporarily disconnected, it may be within a predetermined time. For example, it is possible to receive broadcast content and / or content other than broadcast content via the IP communication network 100 without determining whether the broadcast station 10 can deliver again. In FIG. 1, one broadcasting station 10 and two receivers 30 are illustrated. However, the information distribution system 1-1 may include a plurality of broadcasting stations 10 and three or more receivers 30. Good.
 なお、IP通信網100は、放送局10と受信機30間の電波以外の他の通信媒体である。このIP通信網100は、たとえば、TCP/IPなどの通信プロトコルを利用したインターネット、CATV、専用線、VPN(仮想LAN)、WANなどのいずれか、もしくはそれらの組み合わせたネットワークで構成されていてもよい。なお、他の通信媒体としては、IP通信網100以外の他の通信プロトコルを利用してもよい。 The IP communication network 100 is a communication medium other than the radio wave between the broadcast station 10 and the receiver 30. The IP communication network 100 may be configured by a network using any one of the Internet, a CATV, a dedicated line, a VPN (virtual LAN), a WAN, or the like using a communication protocol such as TCP / IP, or a combination thereof. Good. Other communication protocols other than the IP communication network 100 may be used as other communication media.
(放送局の構成)
 放送局10は、放送スケジュールに沿って放送番組用のコンテンツをストリームデータとして送出する。また、放送局10は、放送波にデータ放送、EPG(Electronic Program Guide)情報を重畳して送出することができる。また、放送局10は、IP通信網100を介して放送番組に関する静止画、音声、動画といった関連コンテンツや、放送番組とは関係なく独自に制作した独自コンテンツ(たとえば、放送局10が提供するホームページ、テキスト情報、静止画情報、動画情報)などを受信機30に対して提供する情報配信装置としても機能する。
(Broadcasting station structure)
The broadcast station 10 transmits broadcast program content as stream data in accordance with a broadcast schedule. Further, the broadcasting station 10 can superimpose and transmit data broadcast and EPG (Electronic Program Guide) information on the broadcast wave. In addition, the broadcast station 10 transmits related content such as still images, audio, and moving images related to the broadcast program via the IP communication network 100, or unique content that is independently produced regardless of the broadcast program (for example, a homepage provided by the broadcast station 10). , Text information, still image information, moving image information) and the like.
 つまり、放送局10は、放送番組の映像及び音声と連動して、放送番組に関する情報や天気予報やニュースなどの独立した情報を提供するデータ放送や、電子番組表と言われるEPG情報などを、アンテナから放送波を発して送出できる無線局であると共に、IP通信網100を介して受信機30に上述した情報を送信できる情報配信装置であり、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当する。 In other words, the broadcasting station 10 is linked to the video and audio of the broadcast program, and provides data broadcasts that provide independent information such as information related to the broadcast program, weather forecasts, news, and EPG information referred to as an electronic program guide, It is a radio station that can transmit and transmit broadcast waves from an antenna, and is an information distribution device that can transmit the above-described information to the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100, and corresponds to the radio station and the information distribution device of the claims. .
 図2は、図1に示す放送局10の構成例を示すブロック図である。図2に示すように、放送局10は、コンテンツストリーム作成部11、EPG情報作成部12、データ放送作成部13、MUX(MUltipleXer)部14、受信部15、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16、コンテンツ生成部17、送信部18、放送用コンテンツDB11a、放送スケジュールDB12a、データ放送用コンテンツDB13a、配信可否判定情報DB16a、コンテンツDB17a、制御部19、記憶部20を主要な構成要素としている。なお、本実施例では、放送局10が、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当するが、無線局としての機能(コンテンツストリーム作成部11、EPG情報作成部12、データ放送作成部13、MUX部14、放送用コンテンツDB11a、放送スケジュールDB12a、データ放送用コンテンツDB13aに相当する機能)と、情報配信装置としての機能(受信部15、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16、コンテンツ生成部17、送信部18、配信可否判定情報DB16a、コンテンツDB17aとしての機能)とを別々の装置で実現するようにしてもよい。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the broadcasting station 10 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the broadcast station 10 includes a content stream creation unit 11, an EPG information creation unit 12, a data broadcast creation unit 13, a MUX (MultipleXer) unit 14, a reception unit 15, a content distribution availability determination unit 16, and content generation. The main component is the unit 17, the transmission unit 18, the broadcast content DB 11a, the broadcast schedule DB 12a, the data broadcast content DB 13a, the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, the content DB 17a, the control unit 19, and the storage unit 20. In this embodiment, the broadcasting station 10 corresponds to the wireless station and the information distribution device in the claims, but functions as a wireless station (content stream creation unit 11, EPG information creation unit 12, data broadcast creation unit 13, MUX unit 14, broadcast content DB 11a, broadcast schedule DB 12a, function equivalent to data broadcast content DB 13a) and functions as an information distribution device (reception unit 15, content distribution availability determination unit 16, content generation unit 17, transmission unit) 18, functions as the distribution availability determination information DB 16 a and the content DB 17 a) may be realized by separate devices.
 ここで、上述したコンテンツストリーム作成部11、EPG情報作成部12、データ放送作成部13、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16、コンテンツ生成部17の各機能が実現する情報処理は、放送局10全体を制御する制御部19が不図示のハードウェア資源と協働して実行することにより実現される。具体的には、制御部19は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるCPU(Central Processing Unit)、DSP(Digital Signal Processor)、フラッシュメモリ、ROM、RAMなどから構成され、CPU、DSPがフラッシュメモリやROMに格納されている各種プログラムをRAMに読み出して協働して実行することにより実現している。 Here, the information processing realized by the functions of the above-described content stream creation unit 11, EPG information creation unit 12, data broadcast creation unit 13, content distribution availability determination unit 16, and content generation unit 17 controls the entire broadcast station 10. The control unit 19 is implemented in cooperation with hardware resources (not shown). Specifically, the control unit 19 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown). This is realized by reading various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executing them in cooperation.
 また、上述した放送用コンテンツDB11a、放送スケジュールDB12a、データ放送用コンテンツDB13a、配信可否判定情報DB16a、コンテンツDB17aは記憶部20に記憶されており、この記憶部20は、たとえばフラッシュメモリやHDD(Hard Disk Drive)などから構成される。 The broadcast content DB 11a, the broadcast schedule DB 12a, the data broadcast content DB 13a, the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, and the content DB 17a are stored in the storage unit 20. The storage unit 20 is, for example, a flash memory or an HDD (Hard). Disk drive).
 コンテンツストリーム作成部11は、放送用コンテンツDB11aを参照して放送用コンテンツを作成する。なお、本実施例であって、放送用コンテンツは、MPEG2-TS(Motion Photographic Codeing Experts Groupe-2 Transport Stream)規格に準拠して符号化及び多重化されているものとして説明する。MPEG2-TS規格では、伝送されるコンテンツの映像及び音声等は、符号化されたES(Elementary Stream)として生成され、ESを意味のある単位毎にパケット化されたPES(Packetized Elementary Stream)が生成される。更に、PESを分割したTS(Transport Stream)パケットが、放送局10から伝送される。 The content stream creation unit 11 creates broadcast content by referring to the broadcast content DB 11a. In this embodiment, the description will be made assuming that the broadcast content is encoded and multiplexed according to the MPEG2-TS (Motion Photographic Coding Experts Group-2 Transport Stream) standard. In the MPEG2-TS standard, video and audio of transmitted content is generated as an encoded ES (Elementary Stream), and a PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) in which ES is packetized for each meaningful unit is generated. Is done. Further, a TS (Transport Stream) packet obtained by dividing the PES is transmitted from the broadcast station 10.
 また、各TSパケットのヘッダにPIDと呼ばれる13ビットのパケット識別子を付与することにより、各TSパケットが、放送用コンテンツの映像データ、音声データ、制御データ等のいずれであるのか分類することができる。 In addition, by assigning a 13-bit packet identifier called PID to the header of each TS packet, it is possible to classify whether each TS packet is video data, audio data, control data, or the like of broadcast content. .
 また、ここでいう制御データとは、SI/PSI(Service Information/Program Specific Information)と呼ばれるデータを指している。SI/PSIのSIは、EPG情報を作成するために必要な情報等を含み、PSIは、基本的な制御をするための情報を含む制御データのことである。なお、TSパケットには、放送局10の意図に反する視聴を防止するための暗号化処理(以下、「スクランブル処理」という)が施されていてもよい。ここで、スクランブル処理の方式としてたとえば、Multi2を使用することができる。このMulti2は、デジタルデータを暗号化する方式の一つであり、BSデジタル放送や地上デジタル放送などでも広く採用されている。なお、放送用コンテンツDB11aには、上述した放送用コンテンツの元になる情報が記憶されている。 The control data here refers to data called SI / PSI (Service Information / Program Specific Information). SI of SI / PSI includes information necessary for creating EPG information, and PSI is control data including information for performing basic control. The TS packet may be subjected to an encryption process (hereinafter referred to as “scramble process”) for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast station 10. Here, for example, Multi2 can be used as the scrambling method. This Multi2 is one of the methods for encrypting digital data, and is widely used in BS digital broadcasting and terrestrial digital broadcasting. The broadcast content DB 11a stores information on which the above-described broadcast content is based.
 EPG情報作成部12は、放送スケジュールDB12aを参照してEPG情報を作成する。なお、放送スケジュールDB12aには、放送局10の放送スケジュールが記憶されているが、他の放送局10の放送スケジュール情報が記憶されていてもよい。 The EPG information creation unit 12 creates EPG information with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 12a. In addition, although the broadcast schedule of the broadcast station 10 is memorize | stored in broadcast schedule DB12a, the broadcast schedule information of the other broadcast station 10 may be memorize | stored.
 データ放送作成部13は、データ放送用コンテンツDB13aから例えば天気予報や番組に関連した情報等のデータ放送を作成する。なお、データ放送も、上述した放送用コンテンツと同様にMPEG2-TS規格に準拠して符号化及び多重化されているものとして説明する。なお、データ放送用コンテンツDB13aには、天気予報や番組に関連した情報等のデータ放送以外にも、その番組に関係する放送局10が提供するURL(Uniform Resource Locator)情報やP2P(Peer to Peer)方式で利用できる検索クエリ情報が記憶されていてもよい。なお、データ放送作成部13は、これらの情報をあわせてMUX部14に供給する。 The data broadcast creation unit 13 creates a data broadcast such as weather forecasts and information related to programs from the data broadcast content DB 13a. In the following description, it is assumed that the data broadcast is encoded and multiplexed according to the MPEG2-TS standard in the same manner as the broadcast content described above. In addition to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to the program, the data broadcasting content DB 13a includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information provided by the broadcasting station 10 related to the program and P2P (Peer to Peer). ) Search query information that can be used in the method may be stored. The data broadcast creation unit 13 supplies these information together to the MUX unit 14.
 MUX部14は、コンテンツストリーム作成部11が放送用コンテンツDB11aを参照して作成したコンテンツデータと、EPG情報作成部12が放送スケジュールDB12aを参照して作成したEPG情報と、データ放送作成部13がデータ放送用コンテンツDB13aを参照して作成したデータ放送番組データとを多重化した放送データD1を生成する。そして、当該放送データD1は、放送局10のアンテナから放送波として送出される。 The MUX unit 14 includes content data created by the content stream creation unit 11 with reference to the broadcast content DB 11a, EPG information created by the EPG information creation unit 12 with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 12a, and a data broadcast creation unit 13 Broadcast data D1 is generated by multiplexing data broadcast program data created with reference to the data broadcast content DB 13a. The broadcast data D1 is transmitted as a broadcast wave from the antenna of the broadcast station 10.
 受信部15は、IP通信網100を介して、受信機30からのコンテンツ要求を受信することができる通信インターフェースである。 The receiving unit 15 is a communication interface that can receive a content request from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100.
 コンテンツ配信可否判定部16は、コンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機30が登録されている正当な機器であるか否かを配信可否判定情報DB16aを参照して判定する。コンテンツ配信可否判定部16は、コンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機30が登録されている正当な機器ではない場合には、コンテンツを配信できない旨を当該受信機30に対して通知する。なお、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16は、コンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機30が登録されている正当な機器である場合には、当該コンテンツ配信要求を許可する信号をコンテンツ生成部17へ供給する。ここで登録されている正当な機器とは、配信可否判定情報DB16aに予め登録されている受信機30からのコンテンツ配信要求であること、放送対象地域内の受信機30であること、正当な機器と認証されてから所定時間以内であることにより判定される。なお、ここで所定時間とは、たとえば10分~15分であることが好ましいが、それ以上の時間(たとえば30分、1時間など)に設定してもよい。 The content distribution availability determination unit 16 determines whether or not the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request is a registered valid device with reference to the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. If the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request is not a registered valid device, the content distribution availability determination unit 16 notifies the receiver 30 that the content cannot be distributed. If the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request is a registered valid device, the content distribution availability determination unit 16 supplies a signal permitting the content distribution request to the content generation unit 17. . The legitimate device registered here is a content distribution request from the receiver 30 registered in advance in the distribution feasibility determination information DB 16a, the receiver 30 in the broadcast target area, the legitimate device It is determined that it is within a predetermined time after being authenticated. Here, the predetermined time is preferably, for example, 10 minutes to 15 minutes, but may be set to a longer time (for example, 30 minutes, 1 hour, etc.).
 図3は、図2に示す放送局10の配信可否判定情報DB16aに格納されている情報の一例を示している。図3に示すように、当該情報配信システム1-1を利用する受信機30と関連付けられている機器ID、当該受信機30の機器IDに関連付けられた電源経過情報(請求項の電源情報に相当)、および当該受信機30へのコンテンツ配信可否情報などが少なくとも格納されている。 FIG. 3 shows an example of information stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a of the broadcasting station 10 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the device ID associated with the receiver 30 that uses the information distribution system 1-1, and the power supply progress information associated with the device ID of the receiver 30 (corresponding to the power information in the claims) ), And information on whether or not the content can be distributed to the receiver 30 is stored.
 図3に示す例であっては、電源経過情報であっては、1か0のフラグが格納されており、1の場合には、電源切断時間が所定時間経過していることを示し、0の場合には電源経過情報がない(または所定時間を経過していない)ことを示している。また、配信可否情報にも、1か0のフラグが格納されており、0の場合には、コンテンツ配信を許可する「配信可」を示し、1の場合には、コンテンツ配信を許可しない「配信不可」を示している。なお、本実施例の電源経過情報に関しては、受信機30から受信した電源経過情報に基づいて判定した結果が配信可否判定情報DB16aに格納されているが、電源経過時間そのものを当該DBに格納し、当該情報を元に所定時間が経過していないか否かをコンテンツ配信可否判定部16により判定するようにしてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 3, in the power supply progress information, a flag of 1 or 0 is stored. In the case of 1, it indicates that the power-off time has elapsed for a predetermined time. In this case, there is no power supply progress information (or a predetermined time has not passed). Further, a flag of 1 or 0 is also stored in the distribution availability information. When the flag is 0, “distribution is permitted” indicating that content distribution is permitted. In the case of 1, “content distribution” is not permitted. Indicates “impossible”. Regarding the power supply progress information of the present embodiment, the result determined based on the power supply progress information received from the receiver 30 is stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, but the power supply elapsed time itself is stored in the DB. The content distribution availability determination unit 16 may determine whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed based on the information.
 コンテンツ生成部17は、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16からコンテンツ配信要求を許可する信号を受け取ると、コンテンツDB17aを参照して、当該受信機30に対して送信すべきコンテンツを生成する。ここで、受信機30に対して送信すべきコンテンツとは、受信機30が配信要求するコンテンツでもよいし、当該放送番組に連動するコンテンツを生成するようにしてもよい。特定のコンテンツを受信機30が要求した場合に選択されたコンテンツを生成するようにし、それ以外では番組連動型のコンテンツを自動で生成し、送信するようにしてもよい。なお、放送局10のコンテンツ配信可否判定により、当該受信機30に対して特定のコンテンツの配信可否を判定するようにしていたが、配信可否判定の結果によって、当該放送局10の運営する特定のサイトへのアクセス制限をしてもよい。 When the content generation unit 17 receives a signal permitting a content distribution request from the content distribution availability determination unit 16, the content generation unit 17 refers to the content DB 17a and generates content to be transmitted to the receiver 30. Here, the content to be transmitted to the receiver 30 may be content requested by the receiver 30 or may be generated in conjunction with the broadcast program. The selected content may be generated when the receiver 30 requests specific content, and program-linked content may be automatically generated and transmitted otherwise. The broadcast station 10 determines whether or not a specific content can be distributed to the receiver 30 by determining whether the content can be distributed. You may restrict access to the site.
 コンテンツDB17aには、種々のコンテンツが記憶されている。コンテンツDB17aに記憶されているコンテンツは番組連動型のものや放送終了後にもアクセスできるコンテンツ、また、エリア限定のものではないコンテンツ等が記憶されている。具体的なコンテンツの例としては、静止画、動画、音声等である。なお、これらの情報は例えばXML(eXtensible Markup Language)やBML(Broadcast Markup Language)等のマークアップ言語で記述されており、このようなマークアップ言語を用いることで、IP通信網100との親和性を良好なものとすることができる。 Various contents are stored in the content DB 17a. The content stored in the content DB 17a stores program-linked content, content that can be accessed even after the end of broadcasting, content that is not limited to an area, and the like. Specific examples of content include still images, moving images, and audio. The information is described in a markup language such as XML (extensible Markup Language) or BML (Broadcast Markup Language), and the compatibility with the IP communication network 100 by using such a markup language. Can be made good.
 送信部18は、IP通信網100を介して、受信機30からのコンテンツ配信要求を受けて受信機30へコンテンツを送信する通信インターフェースである。 The transmission unit 18 is a communication interface that receives a content distribution request from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100 and transmits the content to the receiver 30.
(受信機の構成)
 続いて、受信機30について説明する。受信機30は、たとえばTV放送やラジオ放送を受信する端末であり、車に搭載されている受信端末であるか、家庭用として固定されている受信端末であるか、携帯できる移動体端末であるかを問わない。また受信機30は、録画機能や録音機能を有していてもよい。なお、家庭で利用される端末としては、たとえばSTBなどであり、家庭用電源Bと接続されて用いられる。受信機30は、上述した放送局10からの放送波を受信し、受信した放送番組の映像、音声出力やEPG情報の出力を行う。また、受信機30は、放送局10のアンテナから送出される放送波の受信状況が所定のレベル以上の場合には、放送局10がIP通信網100を介して送信した、その放送局10が放送波によって送信するコンテンツと同一のコンテンツおよび/もしくは当該コンテンツに関連するコンテンツ、それ以外の異なるコンテンツを受信して出力することができる。なお、受信機30は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当する。
(Receiver configuration)
Next, the receiver 30 will be described. The receiver 30 is a terminal that receives, for example, TV broadcasting or radio broadcasting, and is a receiving terminal installed in a car, a receiving terminal fixed for home use, or a mobile terminal that can be carried. It doesn't matter. The receiver 30 may have a recording function or a recording function. Note that a terminal used at home is, for example, an STB, and is used by being connected to a home power supply B. The receiver 30 receives the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 described above, and outputs video, audio and EPG information of the received broadcast program. Further, when the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the antenna of the broadcast station 10 is equal to or higher than a predetermined level, the receiver 30 transmits the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100. It is possible to receive and output the same content as the content transmitted by the broadcast wave and / or content related to the content and other different content. Note that the receiver 30 corresponds to the information receiving device in the claims.
 図4は、図1に示す受信機30のブロック構成を示す図である。受信機30は、放送局10から受信した情報を表示装置50、音声再生装置60へ出力する。なお、本実施形態に係る受信機30は、表示装置50、音声再生装置60とは別個の装置としている。しかし、これに限定するものではなく、受信機30、表示装置50、音声再生装置60が同じ筐体内に具備されるようなもの、例えばテレビセットとしても良い。また、受信機30と表示装置50とが同一の筐体内に具備され、音声再生装置60だけが別の筐体内に具備されるような構成であっても良い。つまり、これら3つの受信機30、表示装置50、音声再生装置60をどのような装置内に具備するのかについては特に限定するものではない。 FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a block configuration of the receiver 30 shown in FIG. The receiver 30 outputs information received from the broadcast station 10 to the display device 50 and the audio reproduction device 60. Note that the receiver 30 according to the present embodiment is a separate device from the display device 50 and the audio playback device 60. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the receiver 30, the display device 50, and the audio reproduction device 60 may be provided in the same casing, for example, a television set. Further, the receiver 30 and the display device 50 may be provided in the same casing, and only the audio reproduction device 60 may be provided in another casing. That is, there are no particular limitations on the devices in which the three receivers 30, the display device 50, and the audio reproduction device 60 are provided.
 図4に示すように、受信機30は、制御部31、操作入力部32、チューナー33、DEMUX(DEMUltipleXer)部34、デコード部35、映像音声出力部36、記憶部37、通信部38、受信状況検出部40、電源検出部42、タイマー43とを主要な構成要素としている。ここで、制御部31は、たとえば不図示のハードウェア資源であるCPU、DSP、フラッシュメモリ、ROM、RAMなどで構成されており、CPUおよびDSPが、記憶部37の一部であるフラッシュメモリやROMに格納されている各種プログラムをRAMに読み出して、各種演算処理を協働して実行することで、受信機30の各部の機能が行う情報処理を実現することができる。 As shown in FIG. 4, the receiver 30 includes a control unit 31, an operation input unit 32, a tuner 33, a DEMUX (DEMMultipleXer) unit 34, a decoding unit 35, a video / audio output unit 36, a storage unit 37, a communication unit 38, a reception The situation detection unit 40, the power supply detection unit 42, and the timer 43 are main components. Here, the control unit 31 includes, for example, a CPU, a DSP, a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP are a flash memory that is a part of the storage unit 37, By reading various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executing various arithmetic processes in cooperation, information processing performed by the functions of each unit of the receiver 30 can be realized.
 制御部31は、不図示のCPU、DSPなどから構成され、操作入力部32に入力された操作信号を解析し、受信機30を構成する各部若しくはその一部の動作を制御する中央演算処理装置である。たとえば、ユーザが操作入力部32を用いてチャンネルの選局指示を入力すると、この選局指示内容を示す信号が、操作入力部32および不図示のバスを介して制御部31に入力される。そして、制御部31は、不図示のバスを介してチューナー33により、ユーザが選局したチャンネルへチューニング処理を制御する。また、たとえば、ユーザが操作入力部32を用いてIP通信網100経由でのコンテンツ配信要求指示を入力すると、このコンテンツ配信要求指示を示す信号が、操作入力部32および不図示のバスを介して制御部31に入力される。そして、制御部31は、コンテンツ配信要求に伴って必要な情報を収集し、IP通信網100経由でコンテンツ配信要求を行う。 The control unit 31 includes a CPU, a DSP, and the like (not shown), analyzes the operation signal input to the operation input unit 32, and controls the operation of each unit or part of the receiver 30. It is. For example, when the user inputs a channel selection instruction using the operation input unit 32, a signal indicating the content of the channel selection instruction is input to the control unit 31 via the operation input unit 32 and a bus (not shown). Then, the control unit 31 controls the tuning process to the channel selected by the user by the tuner 33 via a bus (not shown). For example, when a user inputs a content distribution request instruction via the IP communication network 100 using the operation input unit 32, a signal indicating the content distribution request instruction is transmitted via the operation input unit 32 and a bus (not shown). Input to the control unit 31. Then, the control unit 31 collects necessary information along with the content distribution request and makes a content distribution request via the IP communication network 100.
 操作入力部32は、たとえばリモコンやタッチパネルで構成されるが、音声入力等ができるように構成されてもよい。また、操作入力部32は、ユーザからの操作入力を受け付けて、制御部31へユーザの指示を伝える。ユーザは、この操作入力部32を操作することで、受信機30への操作入力を行うことができる。なお、受信機30への操作入力は、赤外線などの無線信号(操作信号)を介して受信機30内に設けられた操作入力部32に入力されるようにしてもよい。操作入力部32に入力された操作信号は、不図示のバスを介して制御部31に入力される。 The operation input unit 32 is configured by, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be configured to allow voice input or the like. Further, the operation input unit 32 receives an operation input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the control unit 31. The user can perform operation input to the receiver 30 by operating the operation input unit 32. The operation input to the receiver 30 may be input to an operation input unit 32 provided in the receiver 30 via a wireless signal (operation signal) such as infrared rays. The operation signal input to the operation input unit 32 is input to the control unit 31 via a bus (not shown).
 チューナー33は、放送局10の放送波をアンテナで受信し、受信したRF(Radio Frequency)信号を復調し、誤り訂正等を行い、TSパケットからなるTS信号をDEMUX部34へ出力する。なお、図3では、チューナー33は地上デジタル放送を受信するために1つのみ図示したが、アナログ放送、ラジオ放送(アナログ、デジタル)、BS放送(アナログ、デジタル)も受信する場合にはそれらのチューナー33を備え、2つ以上のチューナー33を有するようにしてもよい。 The tuner 33 receives the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 10 with an antenna, demodulates the received RF (Radio Frequency) signal, performs error correction, etc., and outputs a TS signal composed of TS packets to the DEMUX unit 34. In FIG. 3, only one tuner 33 is shown for receiving digital terrestrial broadcasting. However, when receiving analog broadcasting, radio broadcasting (analog, digital), and BS broadcasting (analog, digital), those tuners are also shown. A tuner 33 may be provided and two or more tuners 33 may be provided.
 DEMUX部34は、TSパケットからなるTS信号(つまり、送信側の放送局10のMUX部14で映像や音声などの複数のストリームを多重化した放送データD1)を、映像や音声などのストリームデータと、SI/PSIなどのセクション形式のデータとに分離する処理を行う。なお、DEMUX部34によって分離された各データは、制御部31の指示にしたがい、デコード部35に供給される。 The DEMUX unit 34 converts a TS signal composed of TS packets (that is, broadcast data D1 obtained by multiplexing a plurality of streams such as video and audio in the MUX unit 14 of the transmission-side broadcast station 10) into stream data such as video and audio. And processing for separation into section format data such as SI / PSI. Each data separated by the DEMUX unit 34 is supplied to the decoding unit 35 in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 31.
 デコード部35は、制御部31の指示にしたがい、放送用コンテンツやEPG情報、データ放送などをデコードする。また、デコード部35は、デコードしたこれらのデータを記憶部37に供給する。なお、デコード部35が記憶部37に供給するデータは、映像信号、音声信号としてデコードせずに、データ信号としてそのまま供給するようにしてもよい。 The decoding unit 35 decodes broadcast content, EPG information, data broadcast, and the like according to instructions from the control unit 31. The decoding unit 35 supplies the decoded data to the storage unit 37. The data supplied from the decoding unit 35 to the storage unit 37 may be supplied as it is as a data signal without being decoded as a video signal and an audio signal.
 また、デコード部35は、上述した放送用コンテンツやEPG情報、データ放送などに対してデコードを行って、それぞれオーディオデータ、ビデオデータ、番組データを生成する。デコードされたオーディオデータは、上述の音声再生装置60に供給する。音声再生装置60は、供給されたオーディオデータに対してD/A変換処理を行い、音声信号として出力する。また、デコード部35は、デコードされたビデオデータおよび番組データを、映像音声出力部36へ供給する。また、デコード部35は、通信部38から受信したコンテンツデータを制御部31の指示にしたがってデコードし、映像音声出力部36に供給する。映像音声出力部36に供給されたデータは、同様に、表示装置50および/または音声再生装置60に出力される。 Also, the decoding unit 35 decodes the above-described broadcast content, EPG information, data broadcast, etc., and generates audio data, video data, and program data, respectively. The decoded audio data is supplied to the audio playback device 60 described above. The audio reproduction device 60 performs D / A conversion processing on the supplied audio data and outputs it as an audio signal. The decoding unit 35 supplies the decoded video data and program data to the video / audio output unit 36. Further, the decoding unit 35 decodes the content data received from the communication unit 38 in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 31 and supplies the decoded content data to the video / audio output unit 36. Similarly, the data supplied to the video / audio output unit 36 is output to the display device 50 and / or the audio reproduction device 60.
 映像音声出力部36は、供給された番組データを不図示のRAMに格納する。映像音声出力部36は、番組データを描画することでEPG情報を生成する。そして、映像音声出力部36は、デコード部35からのビデオデータに基づいた画面上に、EPG情報に基づいた画面を合成した合成画面を生成し、表示装置50に送出する。表示装置50は、この合成画面を表示する。 The video / audio output unit 36 stores the supplied program data in a RAM (not shown). The video / audio output unit 36 generates EPG information by drawing program data. Then, the video / audio output unit 36 generates a synthesized screen obtained by synthesizing the screen based on the EPG information on the screen based on the video data from the decoding unit 35, and sends the synthesized screen to the display device 50. The display device 50 displays this composite screen.
 記憶部37には、制御部31からの記録指示によりデコード部35でデコードしたデータを記憶されている。また、記憶部37には、当該受信機30を使用して情報配信システム1-1を利用する受信機30についての登録情報が記憶されている。なお、ここでいう受信機30についての登録情報とは、当該情報配信システム1-1を利用する受信機30と関連付けられている機器ID、当該機器IDに関連付けられた電源経過情報などである。 The storage unit 37 stores data decoded by the decoding unit 35 in accordance with a recording instruction from the control unit 31. In addition, the storage unit 37 stores registration information regarding the receiver 30 that uses the information distribution system 1-1 using the receiver 30. Here, the registration information about the receiver 30 is a device ID associated with the receiver 30 using the information distribution system 1-1, power supply progress information associated with the device ID, and the like.
 通信部38は、IP通信網100を介して放送局10と通信を行う通信インターフェースである。通信部38は、放送局10の送信部18からのコンテンツデータを受信し、デコード部35に当該コンテンツデータを出力する。 The communication unit 38 is a communication interface that communicates with the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100. The communication unit 38 receives content data from the transmission unit 18 of the broadcast station 10 and outputs the content data to the decoding unit 35.
 受信状況検出部40は、制御部31がコンテンツ配信要求に伴って指示される受信状況検出指示により、放送局10から送出される放送波の受信状況を検出する機能を有する。また、受信状況検出部40で検出された値は、制御部31により記憶部37に記憶される。なお、受信状況検出部40の詳細については、後述する受信機30の動作と共に説明する。 The reception status detection unit 40 has a function of detecting the reception status of a broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 in accordance with a reception status detection instruction that the control unit 31 is instructed with a content distribution request. The value detected by the reception status detection unit 40 is stored in the storage unit 37 by the control unit 31. The details of the reception status detection unit 40 will be described together with the operation of the receiver 30 described later.
 電源検出部42は、家庭用電源Bから受信機30が切断されたことを検出する。具体的には、電源検出部42は、家庭用電源Bとは別の内部電池を備えたタイマー43により電源が切断されてからの電源経過時間を計測する。そして、電源検出部42は、計測値を制御部31へ出力する。なお、制御部31は、記憶部37に当該計測値を電源経過情報として格納する。 The power source detection unit 42 detects that the receiver 30 has been disconnected from the household power source B. Specifically, the power supply detection unit 42 measures the elapsed time of power supply after the power is turned off by the timer 43 having an internal battery different from the household power supply B. Then, the power source detection unit 42 outputs the measurement value to the control unit 31. The control unit 31 stores the measurement value in the storage unit 37 as power supply progress information.
 なお、受信機30は、放送局10から送出される放送波に重畳される放送データD1にスクランブル処理がなされている場合には、当該スクランブルを解除するデスクランブラ部(不図示)を備えていてもよい。その場合、デスクランブラ部は、制御部31の指示にしたがい、チューナーで受信したRF信号に重畳され、スクランブル処理を施されて伝送されてきたTSパケットからなるTS信号を通常の信号へと解除する処理を行う。また、デスクランブラ部は、スクランブル処理が解除されたTSパケットからなるTS信号を、DEMUX部34に供給する。 The receiver 30 includes a descrambler unit (not shown) for releasing the scramble when the broadcast data D1 superimposed on the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 10 is scrambled. Also good. In that case, the descrambler unit cancels the TS signal composed of the TS packet superimposed on the RF signal received by the tuner and scrambled and transmitted to the normal signal according to the instruction of the control unit 31. Process. Further, the descrambler unit supplies the TS signal composed of the TS packet from which the scramble process has been released to the DEMUX unit 34.
(受信機の動作)
 続いて、受信機30の動作について説明する。図5は、図1に示す受信機30の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、以下の処理であって放送局10は複数存在し、各放送局10から放送波が送出されているものとする。
(Receiver operation)
Next, the operation of the receiver 30 will be described. FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 30 shown in FIG. In the following processing, it is assumed that there are a plurality of broadcasting stations 10 and broadcast waves are transmitted from each broadcasting station 10.
 START:制御部31は、ユーザが操作入力部32を操作することで生成された放送局10へのIP通信網100経由でのコンテンツ配信要求信号(アクセス要求)を受信すると、処理を開始する。 START: When the control unit 31 receives a content distribution request signal (access request) via the IP communication network 100 to the broadcast station 10 generated by the user operating the operation input unit 32, the control unit 31 starts processing.
 ステップS1:制御部31は、放送局10へアクセス要求があるか否かを判定する。アクセス要求がある場合はステップS2の処理へ移行し、アクセス要求がない場合は、アクセス要求があるまでステップS1の判定処理を繰り返す。なお、アクセス要求があるまで監視していてもよい。 Step S1: The control unit 31 determines whether or not there is an access request to the broadcast station 10. If there is an access request, the process proceeds to step S2. If there is no access request, the determination process in step S1 is repeated until there is an access request. It may be monitored until an access request is made.
 ステップS2:制御部31は、ステップS1でアクセス要求があった放送局10からのコンテンツを放送波で受信中であるか否かを判定する。制御部31は、アクセス要求があった放送局10からのコンテンツを受信中である場合(ステップS2でYES)には、ステップS4の処理へ移行する。一方、制御部31は、アクセス要求があった放送局10からのコンテンツを受信中でない場合(ステップS2でNO)には、ステップS3の処理へ移行する。 Step S2: The control unit 31 determines whether or not the content from the broadcast station 10 requested to access in step S1 is being received by broadcast waves. If the control unit 31 is receiving content from the broadcast station 10 that has requested access (YES in step S2), the control unit 31 proceeds to the processing in step S4. On the other hand, when the content from the broadcast station 10 for which the access request has been made is not being received (NO in step S2), the control unit 31 proceeds to the process of step S3.
 ステップS3:制御部31は、チューナー33を制御して、アクセス要求があった放送局10からの放送波を受信する。制御部31は、アクセス要求があった放送局10からの放送波を受信すると、ステップS4の処理へ移行する。 Step S3: The control unit 31 controls the tuner 33 to receive a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 that has requested access. When the control unit 31 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 that has requested access, the control unit 31 proceeds to the process of step S4.
 ステップS4:制御部31および受信状況検出部40は、チューナー33を制御して、ステップS3で受信した放送局10からの放送波の受信状況を検出する。具体的には、制御部31が放送波の電界受信強度および/または受信誤り率を検出する。 Step S4: The control unit 31 and the reception status detection unit 40 control the tuner 33 to detect the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 received in step S3. Specifically, the control unit 31 detects the electric field reception intensity and / or reception error rate of the broadcast wave.
 ここで、制御部31および受信状況検出部40が、放送波の電界受信強度を検出する方法としては、電界受信強度信号を生成できる電界受信強度信号生成回路(不図示)を受信機30に備えさせ、当該生成回路から得られる値が制御部31に出力されるようにする。たとえば、当該生成回路として、公知のRSSI(Receive Signal StrengthIndication)回路を備えさせ、当該RSSI回路から電界受信強度信号を得られるようにする。なお、電界受信強度が検出できればどのような回路であってもよい。 Here, as a method for the control unit 31 and the reception status detection unit 40 to detect the electric field reception intensity of the broadcast wave, the receiver 30 includes an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal. The value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the control unit 31. For example, a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit is provided as the generation circuit so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected.
 また、制御部31および受信状況検出部40が、放送波の受信誤り率を検出する方法としては、受信機30に受信誤り率検出回路を備えさせ、当該検出回路から得られる検出信号を制御部31へ出力されるようにする。 As a method for the control unit 31 and the reception status detection unit 40 to detect the reception error rate of the broadcast wave, the receiver 30 is provided with a reception error rate detection circuit, and the detection signal obtained from the detection circuit is transmitted to the control unit. It is made to output to 31.
 図6は、図5に示すステップS4の検出処理を行うための受信誤り率検出回路70の一例を示すブロック図である。たとえば、当該検出回路として、受信誤りを検出できる受信誤り検出部71と、当該受信誤り検出部71が受信データR1のビットを検査する度に1つずつ加算するメインカウンタ72と、受信誤り検出部71であって、受信データR1の誤りビットを検出する度に1つずつ加算する誤りビットカウンタ73と、上述したメインカウンタ72と誤りビットカウンタ73のカウント値から常時誤り率を算出する受信誤り率算出部74と、予め設定された基準値を保持するメモリ76と、受信誤り率算出部74で算出された誤り率とメモリ76の基準値を比較して算出された誤り率が基準値を上回ったところで検出信号を出力する判定部75とを備えさせる。なお、メモリ76に予め設定された基準値には、たとえば2×10-2、2×10-3、2×10-4、2×10-5の4つを記憶させ、算出された誤り率がこれらいずれかの基準値を上回った時点で判定部75がそれぞれの検出信号T1を制御部31へ出力するようにすることで受信誤り率を検出することができる。なお、上述した受信誤り率検出回路70は、あくまでも例示であり、受信誤り率を検出できればどのような回路であってもよい。 FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an example of the reception error rate detection circuit 70 for performing the detection process of step S4 shown in FIG. For example, as the detection circuit, a reception error detection unit 71 that can detect a reception error, a main counter 72 that increments by one each time the reception error detection unit 71 checks the bit of the reception data R1, and a reception error detection unit 71, an error bit counter 73 that increments by one each time an error bit of received data R1 is detected, and a reception error rate that always calculates an error rate from the count values of the main counter 72 and the error bit counter 73 described above. The error rate calculated by comparing the error rate calculated by the calculation unit 74, the memory 76 holding a preset reference value, and the error rate calculated by the reception error rate calculation unit 74 with the reference value of the memory 76 exceeds the reference value. A determination unit 75 that outputs a detection signal is provided. For example, 4 × 2 × 10 −2 , 2 × 10 −3 , 2 × 10 −4 , and 2 × 10 −5 are stored in the reference value preset in the memory 76, and the calculated error rate is stored. The reception error rate can be detected by allowing the determination unit 75 to output the respective detection signals T1 to the control unit 31 at a time when exceeds any of these reference values. The reception error rate detection circuit 70 described above is merely an example, and any circuit may be used as long as the reception error rate can be detected.
 上述した電界受信強度信号生成回路から得られる電界受信強度信号および/または受信誤り率検出回路70から得られる検出信号T1を用いることで放送波の受信状況を検出することができる。制御部31は、ステップS3で受信した放送局10からの放送波の受信状況を検出すると、当該受信状況を示す情報を記憶部37に記憶させ、ステップS5の処理へ移行する。 Using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit and / or the detection signal T1 obtained from the reception error rate detection circuit 70, it is possible to detect the reception status of the broadcast wave. When the control unit 31 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 received in step S3, the control unit 31 stores information indicating the reception status in the storage unit 37, and proceeds to the process of step S5.
 ステップS5:制御部31は、ステップS1でアクセス要求があった放送局10に対してIP通信網100経由で記憶部37に記憶されている機器ID、受信状況を示す情報、電源経過情報をコンテンツ配信要求と共に送信する。制御部31は、ステップS5のコンテンツ配信要求処理が完了すると、ステップS6の処理へ移行する。 Step S5: The control unit 31 stores the device ID, information indicating the reception status, and power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 37 via the IP communication network 100 for the broadcasting station 10 requested to access in step S1. Sent with a delivery request. When the content distribution request process in step S5 is completed, the control unit 31 proceeds to the process in step S6.
 ステップS6:制御部31は、受信状況に応じたコンテンツが放送局10からIP通信網100を介して受信する。 Step S6: The control unit 31 receives content corresponding to the reception status from the broadcast station 10 via the IP communication network 100.
 ステップS7:制御部31は、ステップS6で受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして表示装置50や音声再生装置60に出力すると共に、電源情報を消去する指示がある場合には、記憶部37に記憶されている電源情報を削除して処理を終了する(END)。ここでいう受信したコンテンツは、ストリーミング形式であるか、ダウンロード形式であるかを問わない。なお、受信したコンテンツがストリーミング形式の場合には、ステップS6の出力可否判定時移行に新たに受信したコンテンツを再生する、もしくはステップS1のアクセス要求が発生した後に、コンテンツのバッファリングを行い、ステップS6であって出力可能と判定された後にステップS1のアクセス要求が発生した後に受信したコンテンツを再生するようにしてもよい。 Step S7: The control unit 31 outputs the content received in step S6 as video or audio output data to the display device 50 or the audio reproduction device 60, and when there is an instruction to delete the power supply information, the storage unit 37 The power supply information stored in the memory is deleted and the process is terminated (END). It does not matter whether the received content here is in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced at the time of output permission determination at step S6, or after the access request at step S1 is generated, the content is buffered. The content received after the access request in step S1 is generated after it is determined in S6 that output is possible may be reproduced.
(放送局の動作)
 続いて、以上の受信機30側での動作を受けて放送局10側が行う動作について説明する。図7は、図1に示す放送局10の動作を示すフローチャートである。
(Broadcaster operation)
Next, an operation performed on the broadcast station 10 side in response to the above operation on the receiver 30 side will be described. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 10 shown in FIG.
 START:放送局10の制御部19は、受信機30からIP通信網100経由でコンテンツ配信要求があると、以下の処理を開始する。 START: When there is a content distribution request from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100, the control unit 19 of the broadcasting station 10 starts the following processing.
 ステップS10:制御部19は、受信機30からコンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる機器IDと受信状況を示す情報を抽出する。制御部19は、ステップS10の処理が完了すると、ステップS11の処理へ移行する。 Step S10: The control unit 19 extracts information indicating the device ID and reception status included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30. When the process of step S10 is completed, the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S11.
 ステップS11:制御部19は、受信機30の受信状況を示す情報からコンテンツ配信可否を判定する。具体的には、受信状況が、当該放送局10の放送波を受信可能なレベルにあるか否かを判定する。たとえば、受信電界強度が所定のレベルを超えていること、BER(ビットエラーレート)の値が所定の閾値内であることなどが挙げられる。制御部19は、コンテンツ配信を許可する場合にはステップS12へ処理を移行し、許可しない場合にはステップS17の処理へ移行する。 Step S11: The control unit 19 determines whether or not content distribution is possible from information indicating the reception status of the receiver 30. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the reception status is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 10 can be received. For example, the received electric field strength exceeds a predetermined level, and the value of BER (bit error rate) is within a predetermined threshold. If the content distribution is permitted, the control unit 19 proceeds to step S12. If not permitted, the control unit 19 proceeds to step S17.
 ステップS12:制御部19は、後述する配信可能情報登録処理(図8参照)により、当該受信機30の機器IDと配信可能情報を登録する。制御部19は、配信可能情報登録処理が完了すると、ステップS13の処理へ移行する。 Step S12: The control unit 19 registers the device ID of the receiver 30 and the distributable information by a distributable information registration process (see FIG. 8) described later. When the distributable information registration process is completed, the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S13.
 ステップS13:制御部19は、コンテンツ配信要求をしてきた受信機30に対して、電源経過情報を消去する指示を送信する。 Step S13: The control unit 19 transmits an instruction to delete the power supply progress information to the receiver 30 that has requested the content distribution.
 ステップS14:制御部19は、現在配信可能なコンテンツの有無を判定する。ここで、配信可能なコンテンツとは、当該放送局10が放送波で送出している番組に関連したコンテンツを時刻と共に連動して配信しているコンテンツのことである。なお、配信可能なコンテンツ以外に、放送波で送出している番組と同一のコンテンツ(つまり、IP再送信の対象となるコンテンツ)を配信対象としてもよい。制御部19は、現在配信可能なコンテンツがある場合(ステップS14でYES)には、ステップS15の処理へ移行し、現在配信可能なコンテンツがない場合(ステップS14でNO)には、ステップS16の処理へ移行する。 Step S14: The control unit 19 determines whether or not there is content that can be currently distributed. Here, the distributable content is content that distributes content related to a program transmitted by the broadcast station 10 using broadcast waves in conjunction with time. In addition to content that can be distributed, content that is the same as a program that is being transmitted by broadcast waves (that is, content that is subject to IP retransmission) may be distributed. When there is content that can be distributed at present (YES in step S14), the control unit 19 proceeds to the processing of step S15. When there is no content that can be distributed at present (NO in step S14), the control unit 19 proceeds to step S16. Transition to processing.
 ステップS15:制御部19は、配信可能なコンテンツをIP通信網100経由でコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機30に対して送信し、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S15: The control unit 19 transmits distributable content to the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request via the IP communication network 100, and ends the processing (END).
 ステップS16:制御部19は、配信可能なコンテンツがない旨をIP通信網100経由でコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機30に対して送信し、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S16: The control unit 19 transmits information indicating that there is no content that can be distributed to the receiver 30 that has transmitted the content distribution request via the IP communication network 100, and ends the processing (END).
 ステップS17:制御部19は、後述する登録機器判定処理(図9参照)を行う。すなわち、受信状況からはコンテンツ配信が不可とされた場合であってもコンテンツ配信が可能であるか否かを再度判定する。 Step S17: The control unit 19 performs a registered device determination process (see FIG. 9) described later. That is, it is determined again whether or not the content distribution is possible even if the content distribution is not possible from the reception status.
 ステップS18:制御部19は、コンテンツ配信が可能と判断された場合(ステップS18でYES)には、ステップS13の処理へ移行する。一方、制御部19は、コンテンツ配信が不可と判断された場合(ステップS18でNO)には、ステップS19の処理へ移行する。 Step S18: When it is determined that the content distribution is possible (YES in Step S18), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of Step S13. On the other hand, when it is determined that content distribution is not possible (NO in step S18), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S19.
 ステップS19:制御部19は、コンテンツ配信要求をしてきた受信機30に対してコンテンツ配信ができない旨を送信し、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S19: The control unit 19 transmits information indicating that the content cannot be distributed to the receiver 30 that has requested the content distribution, and ends the processing (END).
 続いて、図7のステップS12における配信可能情報登録処理の詳細について説明する。図8は、図7のステップS12における配信可能情報登録処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。 Subsequently, details of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG. 7 will be described. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing details of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG.
 ステップS20:制御部19は、コンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる受信機30の機器IDを抽出する。 Step S20: The control unit 19 extracts the device ID of the receiver 30 included in the content distribution request data.
 ステップS21:制御部19は、ステップS20で抽出した機器IDが配信可否判定情報DB16aに登録されているか否かを判定する。登録されている場合(ステップS21でYES)には、ステップS22の処理へ移行し、登録されていない場合(ステップS21でNO)には、ステップS23の処理へ移行する。 Step S21: The control unit 19 determines whether or not the device ID extracted in Step S20 is registered in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. If registered (YES in step S21), the process proceeds to step S22. If not registered (NO in step S21), the process proceeds to step S23.
 ステップS22:制御部19は、コンテンツ配信が可能か否かを判定する。すなわち、制御部19は、配信可否判定情報DB16aを参照して当該機器IDに関連付けられている配信可否判定情報が「配信可」となっているか否かを判定する。制御部19は、「配信可」となっている場合(ステップS22でYES)には、図7のステップS13の処理へ移行し、「配信不可」となっている場合(ステップS22でNO)には、ステップS24の処理へ移行する。 Step S22: The control unit 19 determines whether or not content distribution is possible. That is, the control unit 19 refers to the distribution permission determination information DB 16a to determine whether or not the distribution permission determination information associated with the device ID is “distributable”. If “Distributable” is indicated (YES in Step S22), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of Step S13 in FIG. 7 and if “Distributable is not possible” (NO in Step S22). Shifts to the process of step S24.
 ステップS23:制御部19は、当該受信機30の機器IDを配信可否判定情報DB16aに新規に登録すると共に、当該機器IDに関連付ける配信可否判定情報を「配信可」として登録し、図7のステップS13の処理へ移行する。 Step S23: The control unit 19 newly registers the device ID of the receiver 30 in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a, and registers the distribution availability determination information associated with the device ID as “distributable”. The process proceeds to S13.
 ステップS24:制御部19は、配信可否判定情報DB16aに当該機器IDに関連付けられている配信可否判定情報を「配信可」として登録し、図7のステップS13の処理へ移行する。 Step S24: The control unit 19 registers the distribution availability determination information associated with the device ID in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a as “distributable”, and proceeds to the process of step S13 in FIG.
 続いて、図7のステップS17のおける登録機器判定処理の詳細について説明する。図9は、図7のステップS17のおける登録機器判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。 Next, details of the registered device determination process in step S17 of FIG. 7 will be described. FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing details of the registered device determination process in step S17 of FIG.
 ステップS30:制御部19は、受信機30からコンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる受信機30の機器IDを抽出する。 Step S30: The control unit 19 extracts the device ID of the receiver 30 included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30.
 ステップS31:制御部19は、配信可否判定情報DB16aを参照して当該機器IDが登録されているか否かを判定する。放送局10は、当該機器IDは、配信可否判定情報DB16aに登録されている場合(ステップS31でYES)には、ステップS32の処理へ移行し、登録されていない場合(ステップS31でNO)には、ステップSS35の処理へ移行する。 Step S31: The control unit 19 determines whether or not the device ID is registered with reference to the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. When the device ID is registered in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a (YES in step S31), the broadcasting station 10 proceeds to the process of step S32, and in the case where it is not registered (NO in step S31). Shifts to the process of step SS35.
 ステップS32:制御部19は、配信可否判定情報DB16aを参照して、当該機器IDに関連付けられている配信可否判定情報が「配信可」となっているか、「配信不可」となっているかを判定する。制御部19は、当該機器IDに関連付けられている配信可否判定情報が「配信可」となっている場合(ステップS32でYES)には、ステップS33の処理へ移行し、「配信不可」となっている場合(ステップS32でNO)には、ステップS36の処理へ移行する。 Step S32: The control unit 19 refers to the distribution permission / inhibition determination information DB 16a to determine whether the distribution permission determination information associated with the device ID is “distributable” or “non-distributable”. To do. If the distribution availability determination information associated with the device ID is “distributable” (YES in step S32), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S33 and becomes “distributable impossible”. If yes (NO in step S32), the process proceeds to step S36.
 ステップS33:制御部19は、受信機30からコンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる電源経過情報から当該受信機30にコンテンツ配信可否を判定する。具体的には、制御部19は、受信機30の電源が切断されて(家庭用電源Bから外されるなど)から所定時間以内に再度電源が入れられているか否かにより判定する。なお、受信機30では、タイマー情報により電源が切られてから所定時間経過した場合に所定時間経過した旨の情報を電源情報として生成される。なお、ここでいう所定時間は、家庭内での機器の移動などを想定しているため、10分~15分程度に設定することが望ましい。所定時間が長すぎる場合には、たとえば引越しや旅行、出張等で電源が切断された受信機30をもって、本来の放送エリアを越えて、別の地域での受信が可能となってしまう恐れがあるためである。一方で、所定時間が短すぎると、家庭内での受信環境が悪い場所に移動する場合にもコンテンツの受信が不可となってしまう可能性があるためである。制御部19は、電源情報から所定時間経過していない場合(ステップS33でYES)には、ステップS34の処理へ移行し、所定時間経過していた場合(ステップS33でNO)には、ステップS36の処理へ移行する。 Step S33: The control unit 19 determines whether or not the content can be distributed from the receiver 30 to the receiver 30 from the power supply progress information included in the content distribution request data. Specifically, the control unit 19 determines whether or not the power of the receiver 30 is turned on again within a predetermined time after the power is turned off (eg, removed from the household power supply B). The receiver 30 generates information indicating that a predetermined time has elapsed as power supply information when a predetermined time has elapsed since the power was turned off by the timer information. Note that the predetermined time here is preferably set to about 10 to 15 minutes because it is assumed that the device is moved in the home. If the predetermined time is too long, for example, the receiver 30 whose power is cut off due to moving, traveling, business trip or the like may be able to be received in another area beyond the original broadcasting area. Because. On the other hand, if the predetermined time is too short, content may not be received even when moving to a place where the reception environment in the home is bad. If the predetermined time has not elapsed since the power supply information (YES in step S33), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S34. If the predetermined time has elapsed (NO in step S33), the control unit 19 proceeds to step S36. Move on to processing.
 ステップS34:制御部19は、当該受信機30へのコンテンツ配信は可能であると判定し、配信可否判定情報DB16aの当該受信機30の配信可否判定情報を「配信可」(フラグを1)として登録する。 Step S34: The control unit 19 determines that the content distribution to the receiver 30 is possible, and sets the distribution availability determination information of the receiver 30 in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a as “distributable” (flag is 1). sign up.
 ステップS35:制御部19は、配信可否判定情報DB16aに当該受信機30の機器IDを登録すると共に、配信可否判定情報を「配信不可」(フラグを0)として登録する。そして、制御部19は、ステップS36の処理へ移行する。 Step S35: The control unit 19 registers the device ID of the receiver 30 in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a and registers the distribution availability determination information as “distribution impossible” (flag is 0). And the control part 19 transfers to the process of step S36.
 ステップS36:制御部19は、配信可否判定情報DB16aに当該受信機30の機器IDの配信可否判定情報を「配信不可」として登録する。そして、制御部36は、ステップS36の処理へ移行する。 Step S36: The control unit 19 registers the distribution availability determination information of the device ID of the receiver 30 as “distribution impossible” in the distribution availability determination information DB 16a. And the control part 36 transfers to the process of step S36.
 ステップS37:制御部19は、当該受信機30へのコンテンツ配信はできないと判定する。 Step S37: The control unit 19 determines that content distribution to the receiver 30 is not possible.
 以上説明したように、この情報配信システム1-1では、ユーザに特別な操作を課すことなく、放送対象地域内であればIP通信網100を介して受信機30からコンテンツを適切に出力させることができる。つまり、この情報配信システム1-1では、放送波を受信する受信機30に限定して、コンテンツを配信することが可能となる。また、この情報配信システム1-1では、受信機30が電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かの判定をすることにより、受信状況が悪くとも過去に良好に受信できていた機器に関しては、電源が切断されてから所定時間以内であれば、コンテンツ配信を許可することができる。したがって、たとえば、家のレイアウト変更などにより、受信機30が移動し、放送局10からの放送波の受信状況が悪化しても、移動前の場所では良好な受信状況であり、電源が切断されてから所定時間以内であった場合にはコンテンツ配信をすることができる一方で、放送局10の放送波の受信エリアを越える移動の場合には、電源が切断されてからの所定時間が経過している蓋然性が高いため、不正受信を禁止することができる。 As described above, in this information distribution system 1-1, content is appropriately output from the receiver 30 via the IP communication network 100 within the broadcast target area without imposing a special operation on the user. Can do. That is, in the information distribution system 1-1, it is possible to distribute content only to the receiver 30 that receives broadcast waves. Further, in this information distribution system 1-1, by determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 30 was disconnected from the power supply, it is possible to obtain a device that has been successfully received in the past even if the reception situation is bad. Can permit content distribution within a predetermined time after the power is turned off. Therefore, for example, even if the receiver 30 moves due to a change in the layout of the house and the reception situation of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 10 deteriorates, the reception condition is good in the place before the movement, and the power is cut off. The content can be distributed if it is within a predetermined time from the beginning, but if the movement is beyond the broadcast wave reception area of the broadcast station 10, the predetermined time has passed since the power was turned off. Therefore, unauthorized reception can be prohibited.
(放送配信システムの構成)
 続いて、本発明の実施例2に係る情報配信システム1-1Aについて説明する。本発明の実施例2に係る情報配信システム1-1Aは、放送局10のコンテンツ配信可否判定であって、実施例1に係る情報配信システム1-1の判定条件に加えて、受信機30のIPアドレスが一致していることを更に要求するものである。そのため、図10に示すように、放送局10の配信可否判定情報DB16aには、電源経過情報、配信可否情報に加えて、IPアドレスが格納されている。なお、実施例2に係る情報配信システム1-1Aは、放送局10および受信機30の動作以外は、図1に示す情報配信システム1-1と構成が同一であるため図1を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例2における放送局10は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機30は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。
(Configuration of broadcast distribution system)
Next, an information distribution system 1-1A according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention will be described. The information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment of the present invention determines whether or not the content can be distributed by the broadcasting station 10. In addition to the determination conditions of the information distribution system 1-1 according to the first embodiment, the information distribution system 1-1A It further requests that the IP addresses match. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 10, the distribution address determination information DB 16a of the broadcast station 10 stores an IP address in addition to the power supply progress information and the distribution permission information. The information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment has the same configuration as the information distribution system 1-1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the operations of the broadcast station 10 and the receiver 30, and therefore refer to FIG. The description of the function of each component is omitted. The broadcasting station 10 in the second embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device, and the receiver 30 corresponds to the information reception device in the claims, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system in the claims. To do.
 図11は、本発明の実施例2に係る情報配信システム1-1Aの放送局10の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、図11の処理は、図7のステップS10の処理とS11の処理の間にステップS10Aの処理が加わる以外は図7に示す処理と同一であるため、同一のステップ番号を付すと共に、それらの説明を省略する。 FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcasting station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment of the present invention. The process of FIG. 11 is the same as the process shown in FIG. 7 except that the process of step S10A is added between the process of step S10 and the process of S11 of FIG. The description of is omitted.
 ステップS10A:制御部19は、受信機30からのコンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる送信元IPアドレスを検出する。そして、制御部19は、ステップS10Aの処理が完了すると、ステップS11の処理へ移行する。 Step S10A: The control unit 19 detects the transmission source IP address included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30. And the control part 19 will transfer to the process of step S11, if the process of step S10A is completed.
 続いて、配信可能情報登録処理の詳細について説明する。図12は、図11のステップS12のおける配信可能情報登録処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。なお、図12中の処理であって、ステップS23A、S24Aの処理以外は図8に示す処理と同一であるため、同一のステップ番号を付すと共に、その説明を省略する。 Next, details of the distributable information registration process will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing details of the distributable information registration process in step S12 of FIG. Note that the processing in FIG. 12 is the same as the processing shown in FIG. 8 except for the processing in steps S23A and S24A, and therefore, the same step numbers are given and description thereof is omitted.
 ステップS23A:制御部19は、当該受信機30の機器IDおよびIPアドレスを新規に登録すると共に、配信可否判定情報を「配信可」として登録し、図11のステップS13の処理へ移行する。 Step S23A: The control unit 19 newly registers the device ID and IP address of the receiver 30, registers the distribution availability determination information as “distributable”, and proceeds to the processing of step S13 in FIG.
 ステップS24A:制御部19は、配信可否判定情報を「配信可」として登録すると共に、当該受信機30のIPアドレスを登録し、図11のステップS13の処理へ移行する。 Step S24A: The control unit 19 registers the distribution permission determination information as “distributable”, registers the IP address of the receiver 30, and proceeds to the process of step S13 in FIG.
 続いて、登録機器判定処理の詳細について説明する。図13は、図11のステップS17のおける登録機器判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。なお、図13中の処理であって、ステップS33の処理とステップS34の処理の間にステップS33Aの処理がある以外は、図9に示す処理と同一であるため、同一のステップ番号を付すと共に、その説明を省略する。 Next, details of the registered device determination process will be described. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing details of the registered device determination process in step S17 of FIG. The process in FIG. 13 is the same as the process shown in FIG. 9 except that there is a process in step S33A between the process in step S33 and the process in step S34. The description is omitted.
 ステップS33A:制御部19は、配信可否情報DB16aを参照して当該受信機30に関連付けられているIPアドレスと、コンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる送信元IPアドレスが一致しているか否かを判定する。制御部19は、IPアドレスが一致していると判定した場合(ステップS33AでYES)には、ステップS34の処理へ移行し、一致していないと判定した場合(ステップS33AでNO)には、ステップS36の処理へ移行する。なお、IPアドレスは、インターネット接続時毎にダイナミックにプロバイダから付与される可能性もあるため、コンテンツ配信可否判定にあたっては、サブネットマスクを参照してネットワークアドレス単位とする、または上位の所定ビット単位(たとえば、上位24ビット単位など)の一致により同一であると判定するようにしてもよい。あるいは、ダイナミックにIPアドレスが変更されないとわかっている場合には、所定ビット単位(たとえば、下位8ビット単位など)の一致により同一であると判定するようにしてもよい。 Step S33A: The control unit 19 refers to the distribution availability information DB 16a and determines whether or not the IP address associated with the receiver 30 matches the transmission source IP address included in the content distribution request data. . When it is determined that the IP addresses match (YES in step S33A), the control unit 19 proceeds to the process of step S34, and when it is determined that they do not match (NO in step S33A), The process proceeds to step S36. Note that the IP address may be dynamically assigned from the provider every time the Internet is connected. Therefore, in determining whether content distribution is possible, the subnet mask is referred to as a network address unit, or a predetermined upper bit unit ( For example, it may be determined that they are the same by matching the upper 24 bits. Alternatively, when it is known that the IP address is not dynamically changed, it may be determined that they are the same by matching a predetermined bit unit (for example, lower 8 bit unit).
 このように、放送局10は、受信機30からのコンテンツ配信要求時のIPデータに含まれる送信元IPアドレスを参照し、当該受信機30の機器IDと関連づけて登録し、IPアドレスの一致をみてコンテンツ配信可否判定を行うため、過去に受信機30が放送対象地域内にあるときに使用していたIPアドレスであるか否かを確認することができ、当該受信機30が放送局10の放送対象地域内に存在することについて更に精度を高めて判定することができる。 As described above, the broadcast station 10 refers to the transmission source IP address included in the IP data at the time of the content distribution request from the receiver 30, registers it in association with the device ID of the receiver 30, and matches the IP address. In order to determine whether or not the content can be distributed, it is possible to confirm whether or not the IP address has been used when the receiver 30 is in the broadcast target area in the past. It can be determined with higher accuracy about the presence in the broadcast target area.
 続いて、本発明の実施例3に係る情報配信システム1-1Bについて説明する。本発明の実施例3に係る情報配信システム1-1Bは、コンテンツ配信可否判定であって、実施例2に係る情報配信システム1-1Aの判定処理に加えて、受信機30が家庭用の据置タイプのものであるか否かを更に要求するものである。そのため、図14に示すように、放送局10の配信可否判定情報DB16aには、電源経過情報、配信可否情報、IPアドレスに加えて、機器種別情報が格納されている。なお、図14に示す機器種別情報は、1が家庭用据置タイプを示し、2が車載タイプを示し、3がモバイルタイプを示すフラグとして設定されている。なお、実施例3に係る情報配信システム1-1Bは、放送局10および受信機30の動作以外は、図1に示す情報配信システム1-1と構成が同一であるため図1を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例3における放送局10は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機30は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。 Subsequently, an information distribution system 1-1B according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described. The information distribution system 1-1B according to the third embodiment of the present invention is a content distribution availability determination. In addition to the determination process of the information distribution system 1-1A according to the second embodiment, the receiver 30 is installed at home. It further requests whether or not it is of the type. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 14, the distribution type determination information DB 16a of the broadcast station 10 stores device type information in addition to the power supply progress information, the distribution availability information, and the IP address. In the device type information shown in FIG. 14, 1 is set as a flag indicating a home stationary type, 2 indicates an in-vehicle type, and 3 indicates a mobile type. The information distribution system 1-1B according to the third embodiment is the same in configuration as the information distribution system 1-1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the operations of the broadcast station 10 and the receiver 30, so refer to FIG. The description of the function of each component is omitted. In the third embodiment, the broadcasting station 10 corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device, and the receiver 30 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
 図15は、本発明の実施例3に係る情報配信システム1-1Bの放送局10の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、図15中の処理であって、ステップS10B、ステップS10B1、およびステップS10B2の処理以外は図11に示す処理と同一であるため、同一のステップ番号を付すと共に、その説明を省略する。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1B according to the third embodiment of the present invention. Note that the processing in FIG. 15 is the same as the processing shown in FIG. 11 except for the processing in step S10B, step S10B1, and step S10B2, and therefore, the same step number is given and description thereof is omitted.
 ステップS10B1:制御部19は、受信機30からコンテンツ配信要求データに含まれる機器IDと受信状況を示す情報、機器種別情報を抽出する。放送局10は、ステップS10の処理が完了すると、ステップS10B2の処理へ移行する。 Step S10B1: The control unit 19 extracts the device ID, the information indicating the reception status, and the device type information included in the content distribution request data from the receiver 30. When the process of step S10 is completed, the broadcast station 10 proceeds to the process of step S10B2.
 ステップS10B2:制御部19は、ステップS10B1の処理後に受信機30の機器種別情報が据置タイプであるか否かを判定し、据置タイプである場合(ステップS10BでYES)には、ステップS11の処理へ移行し、据置タイプ以外である場合(ステップS10BでNO)には、ステップS10B2の処理へ移行する。 Step S10B2: The control unit 19 determines whether or not the device type information of the receiver 30 is a stationary type after the processing of Step S10B1, and if it is a stationary type (YES in Step S10B), the processing of Step S11 If it is other than the stationary type (NO in step S10B), the process proceeds to step S10B2.
 ステップS10B3:制御部19は、受信機30の受信状況を示す情報からコンテンツ配信可否を判定する。具体的には、受信状況が、当該放送局10の放送波を受信可能なレベルにあるか否かを判定する。たとえば、受信電界強度が所定のレベルを超えていること、BER(ビットエラーレート)の値が所定の閾値内であることなどが挙げられる。放送局10は、コンテンツ配信を許可する場合(ステップS10B2でYES)には、ステップS13へ処理を移行し、許可しない場合(ステップS10B2でNO)には、ステップS19の処理へ移行する。 Step S <b> 10 </ b> B <b> 3: The control unit 19 determines whether or not content distribution is possible from information indicating the reception status of the receiver 30. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the reception status is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 10 can be received. For example, the received electric field strength exceeds a predetermined level, and the value of BER (bit error rate) is within a predetermined threshold. If the broadcast station 10 permits content distribution (YES in step S10B2), the process proceeds to step S13. If not permitted (NO in step S10B2), the broadcast station 10 proceeds to the process in step S19.
 このような処理とすることで、据置タイプでない受信機30については、放送対象地域外に移動する可能性があるため、受信感度が悪化した場合でもコンテンツ配信を許可するための電源経過情報による判定処理を行わないようにしている。なお、据置タイプであるか否かは放送局10側で情報を予め保持し、機器IDから判定するように構成してもよい。なお、実施例3のコンテンツ配信可否判定では、実施例2の判定条件である機器ID、受信状況、IPアドレスに加えて機種別情報による判定としたが、実施例1の判定条件である機器ID、受信状況に加えて機種別情報による判定としてもよい。 With such a process, the receiver 30 that is not a stationary type may move out of the broadcasting target area, and therefore determination based on power supply progress information for permitting content distribution even when reception sensitivity deteriorates The processing is not performed. Note that whether or not it is a stationary type may be configured such that information is held in advance on the broadcasting station 10 side and determined from the device ID. In the content distribution availability determination of the third embodiment, the determination is based on the device type information in addition to the device ID, the reception status, and the IP address that are the determination conditions of the second embodiment, but the device ID that is the determination condition of the first embodiment. In addition to the reception status, the determination may be made based on the model type information.
 続いて、本発明の実施例4に係る情報配信システム1-1Cについて説明する。本発明の実施例4に係る情報配信システム1-1Cの放送局10は、上述の実施例1~3の放送局10と異なり、アナログ放送を送出するものである。図16は、本発明の実施例4に係る情報配信システム1-1Cの放送局10の構成を示すブロック図である。なお、実施例4に係る情報配信システム1-1Cは、放送局10の構成以外は、図1に示す情報配信システム1-1と構成が同一であるため図1を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例4における放送局10は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機30は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。 Subsequently, an information distribution system 1-1C according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention will be described. The broadcasting station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1C according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention is different from the broadcasting station 10 according to the first to third embodiments described above, and transmits an analog broadcast. FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing a configuration of the broadcast station 10 of the information distribution system 1-1C according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention. The information distribution system 1-1C according to the fourth embodiment is the same as the information distribution system 1-1 shown in FIG. 1 except for the configuration of the broadcast station 10, and therefore FIG. 1 is referred to. The description of the function is omitted. Note that the broadcasting station 10 in the fourth embodiment corresponds to a wireless station and an information distribution device in claims, and the receiver 30 corresponds to an information reception device in claims, and as a whole corresponds to an information distribution system in claims. To do.
 図16に示すように、放送局10は、放送音声出力部11A、タイミング制御部12A、多重化情報生成部13A、多重化部14A、受信部15、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16、コンテンツ生成部17、送信部18、コンテンツDB17a、制御部19、記憶部20を主要な構成要素としている。なお、本実施例では、放送局10が、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当するが、無線局としての機能(放送音声出力部、タイミング制御部、多重化情報生成部、多重化部に相当する機能)と、情報配信装置としての機能(受信部15、コンテンツ配信可否判定部16、コンテンツ生成部17、送信部18、配信可否判定情報DB16a、コンテンツDB17aとしての機能)とを別々の装置で実現するようにしてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 16, the broadcast station 10 includes a broadcast audio output unit 11A, a timing control unit 12A, a multiplexing information generation unit 13A, a multiplexing unit 14A, a reception unit 15, a content distribution availability determination unit 16, and a content generation unit 17. The transmission unit 18, the content DB 17a, the control unit 19, and the storage unit 20 are main components. In the present embodiment, the broadcast station 10 corresponds to the radio station and the information distribution device in the claims, but functions as a radio station (broadcast audio output unit, timing control unit, multiplexed information generation unit, multiplexing unit) And a function as an information distribution device (reception unit 15, content distribution availability determination unit 16, content generation unit 17, transmission unit 18, distribution availability determination information DB 16a, content DB 17a) You may make it implement | achieve with an apparatus.
 ここで、上述した放送音声出力部11A、タイミング制御部12A、多重化情報生成部13A、多重化部14Aの各機能が実現する情報処理は、放送局10全体を制御する制御部19が不図示のハードウェア資源と協働して実行することにより実現される。具体的には、制御部19は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるCPU、DSP、フラッシュメモリ、ROM、RAMなどから構成され、CPUおよびDSPが、フラッシュメモリやROMに格納されている各種プログラムをRAMに読み出して協働して実行することにより実現している。なお、本実施例における情報配信装置としての機能、プログラム、および装置全体のハードウェア構成との協働関係などについては上述した実施例1~3と同一のため、説明を省略する。 Here, information processing realized by the functions of the broadcast audio output unit 11A, the timing control unit 12A, the multiplexing information generation unit 13A, and the multiplexing unit 14A described above is not illustrated by the control unit 19 that controls the entire broadcasting station 10. It is realized by executing in cooperation with other hardware resources. Specifically, the control unit 19 includes a hardware resource (not shown) such as a CPU, DSP, flash memory, ROM, RAM, and the like, and the CPU and DSP store various programs stored in the flash memory and ROM. This is realized by reading the data into the RAM and executing it in cooperation. Note that the function, program, and cooperative relationship with the hardware configuration of the entire apparatus in the present embodiment are the same as those in the first to third embodiments described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
 放送音声出力部11Aは、すでに録音されている番組や生放送の番組の音声信号を出力する。 Broadcast audio output unit 11A outputs audio signals of already recorded programs and live broadcast programs.
 タイミング制御部12Aは、後述する多重化情報を放送音声信号に対し、所定のタイミングで送出できるように制御する。たとえば、放送番組中に楽曲を放送している場合に、多重化情報として、その楽曲のアーティスト名や楽曲名などの楽曲情報を送出する。 The timing control unit 12A controls so that multiplexing information described later can be sent to the broadcast audio signal at a predetermined timing. For example, when a song is broadcast during a broadcast program, song information such as the artist name and song name of the song is transmitted as multiplexed information.
 多重化情報生成部13Aは、放送音声出力部11Aからの音声信号に多重化する情報を生成する。なお、多重化情報には、放送番組に関連するURL情報や、P2Pによる検索クエリ情報が含まれていてもよい。 The multiplexing information generation unit 13A generates information to be multiplexed into the audio signal from the broadcast audio output unit 11A. Note that the multiplexed information may include URL information related to the broadcast program and search query information based on P2P.
 多重化部14Aは、放送音声出力部11Aからの音声信号と、多重化情報生成部13Aによって生成された多重化情報(放送データD21)を合成すると共に、放送波に重畳して放送を行う。 The multiplexing unit 14A synthesizes the audio signal from the broadcast audio output unit 11A and the multiplexed information (broadcast data D21) generated by the multiplexed information generation unit 13A, and broadcasts it by superimposing it on the broadcast wave.
 このように放送局10から送出される情報がアナログ放送であっても、ユーザに特別な操作を課すことなく、放送対象地域内であれば他の通信媒体を介してコンテンツを適切に出力させることができる。なお、実施例1~3であって、放送局10がアナログ放送を送出する構成としてもよい。 As described above, even if the information transmitted from the broadcasting station 10 is an analog broadcast, content is appropriately output via another communication medium within a broadcasting target area without imposing a special operation on the user. Can do. Note that, in the first to third embodiments, the broadcast station 10 may be configured to send analog broadcasts.
 以上、情報配信システム1-1、1-1A、1-1B、1-1Cを本発明の実施形態例として説明したが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲であって種々の変形や変更が可能である。 As described above, the information distribution systems 1-1, 1-1A, 1-1B, and 1-1C have been described as exemplary embodiments of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and departs from the gist of the invention. Various modifications and changes are possible without departing from the scope.
 たとえば、放送局10は、音声信号で番組連動コンテンツの有無を通知するようにしてもよい。あるいは、放送波の番組放送中に連動コンテンツの有無を通知するようにしてもよい。具体的には、司会者が番組中で紹介することやテロップとして流してもよい。なお、番組放送中で通知する場合には、音声認識や画像認識により、連動コンテンツの有無を検出するようにしてもよい。 For example, the broadcast station 10 may notify the presence / absence of program-linked content by an audio signal. Alternatively, the presence / absence of linked content may be notified during a broadcast wave program broadcast. Specifically, the presenter may introduce the program in a program or stream it as a telop. When notification is made during program broadcast, the presence or absence of linked content may be detected by voice recognition or image recognition.
 また、本発明の実施例1では、放送局10側で受信機30から送信されてくる受信状況から、コンテンツの出力の可否を判断していたが、当該放送局10のHP上に地域限定のコンテンツと地域に限定されないコンテンツとを用意し、地域限定のコンテンツの再生が受信機30から要求された場合に当該処理を行うようにしてもよい。 Further, in the first embodiment of the present invention, the broadcast station 10 side determines whether the content can be output from the reception status transmitted from the receiver 30, but it is limited to the region on the broadcasting station 10 HP. Content and content not limited to a region may be prepared, and the processing may be performed when the receiver 30 requests the reproduction of the content limited to a region.
 また、本発明の実施例1における放送局10のコンテンツ配信可否判定部16では、受信機30から放送波の受信状況を示す情報を受信し、当該受信状況から当該コンテンツの配信可否を判定しているが、受信機30から要求されるコンテンツが、エリア限定のものではない場合には、当該放送局10を受信可否判定の結果に係わらず、受信機30に対して当該コンテンツを配信可能としてもよい。 In addition, the content distribution availability determination unit 16 of the broadcasting station 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention receives information indicating the reception status of the broadcast wave from the receiver 30, and determines whether the content can be distributed based on the reception status. However, if the content requested from the receiver 30 is not limited to the area, the content can be distributed to the receiver 30 regardless of the result of the reception determination on the broadcast station 10. Good.
 また、上述した各実施例に係る情報配信システム1-1、1-1A、1-1B、1-1Cでは、放送局10からコンテンツをダウンロードするクライアントサーバ型のネットワーク方式を採用していたが、P2P型のネットワーク方式で行うようにしてもよい。この場合、放送局10に対するコンテンツの要求を検索クエリとして送信すると共に、当該受信状況を示す情報も送信し、受信状況を示す情報が基準値を満たす場合に限り、当該コンテンツを保有するピアの情報を伝え、当該ピアからコンテンツをダウンロードするようにしてもよい。 In addition, in the information distribution systems 1-1, 1-1A, 1-1B, and 1-1C according to each of the above-described embodiments, a client server type network system that downloads content from the broadcasting station 10 is employed. You may make it carry out by the P2P type network system. In this case, a request for content to the broadcast station 10 is transmitted as a search query, information indicating the reception status is also transmitted, and only when the information indicating the reception status satisfies a reference value, information on the peer that owns the content And the content may be downloaded from the peer.
 また、上述した各実施例に係る情報配信システム1-1、1-1A、1-1B、1-1Cで説明した各部の機能すべてまたは一部をプログラムによって構成し、このプログラムを情報処理装置(コンピュータ)にインストールすることで各部を機能させる手段として実現してもよい。なお、このプログラムを実行する状態で記録した媒体からコンピュータに直接インストールすることも可能であるが、ネットワーク経由で遠隔にあるコンピュータにインストールしてもよい。 Further, all or part of the functions of the units described in the information distribution systems 1-1, 1-1A, 1-1B, and 1-1C according to the above-described embodiments are configured by a program, and the program is configured as an information processing apparatus ( You may implement | achieve as a means to function each part by installing in a computer. The program can be directly installed on a computer from a medium recorded in a state where the program is executed. However, the program may be installed on a remote computer via a network.
(情報配信システムの構成)
 続いて、本発明の実施例5に係る情報配信システム1-2について説明する。図17は、本発明の実施例5に係る情報配信システム1-2の全体構成を示すブロック図である。図17に示すように、情報配信システム1-2は、放送局110、受信機130を有している。この情報配信システム1-2では、放送局110から送出された放送波を受信機130がアンテナで受信することにより、放送コンテンツを受信することができる。また、この情報配信システム1-2では、受信機130が放送局110からIP通信網1100を介してコンテンツを受信する際に、当該放送局110から送出される放送波の受信状況を検出し、当該検出状況に応じて放送局110からのコンテンツの出力可否を受信機130側で判定するものである。
(Configuration of information distribution system)
Next, an information distribution system 1-2 according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention will be described. FIG. 17 is a block diagram showing the overall configuration of the information distribution system 1-2 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 17, the information distribution system 1-2 includes a broadcast station 110 and a receiver 130. In this information distribution system 1-2, the broadcast content can be received when the receiver 130 receives the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 with the antenna. Further, in the information distribution system 1-2, when the receiver 130 receives content from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100, the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 is detected, The receiver 130 determines whether the content can be output from the broadcast station 110 according to the detection status.
 また、この情報配信システム1-2では、放送局110の放送波を受信できることを検出した受信機130では、当該受信機130の家庭用電源1Bから一旦外されたとしても所定時間以内であれば、受信機130側で再度の出力可否判定をしなくとも、IP通信網1100を介して放送コンテンツおよび/もしくは放送コンテンツ以外のコンテンツを出力することができる。なお、図17には、1つの放送局110および2つの受信機130を図示したが、情報配信システム1-2には、複数の放送局110および3以上の受信機130を有していてもよい。 Further, in this information distribution system 1-2, the receiver 130 that detects that the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 110 can be received is within a predetermined time even if it is once disconnected from the household power supply 1B of the receiver 130. The broadcast content and / or the content other than the broadcast content can be output via the IP communication network 1100 without determining whether the output can be performed again on the receiver 130 side. Although FIG. 17 illustrates one broadcasting station 110 and two receivers 130, the information distribution system 1-2 may include a plurality of broadcasting stations 110 and three or more receivers 130. Good.
 なお、IP通信網1100は、放送局110と受信機130間の電波以外の他の通信媒体である。このIP通信網1100は、たとえば、TCP/IPなどの通信プロトコルを利用したインターネット、CATV、専用線、VPN(仮想LAN)、WANなどのいずれか、もしくはそれらの組み合わせたネットワークで構成されていてもよい。なお、他の通信媒体としては、IP通信網1100以外の他の通信プロトコルを利用してもよい。 Note that the IP communication network 1100 is a communication medium other than radio waves between the broadcasting station 110 and the receiver 130. The IP communication network 1100 may be constituted by a network using any one of the Internet, CATV, dedicated line, VPN (virtual LAN), WAN, etc. using a communication protocol such as TCP / IP, or a combination thereof. Good. Note that other communication protocols other than the IP communication network 1100 may be used as other communication media.
(放送局の構成)
 放送局110は、放送スケジュールに沿って放送番組用のコンテンツをストリームデータとして送出する。また、放送局110は、放送波にデータ放送、EPG(Electronic Program Guide)情報を重畳して送出することができる。また、放送局110は、IP通信網1100を介して放送波で送出するコンテンツと同一のコンテンツ、放送番組に関する静止画、音声、動画といった関連コンテンツ、放送番組とは関係なく独自に制作した独自コンテンツ(たとえば、放送局110が提供するホームページ、テキスト情報、静止画情報、動画情報)などを受信機130に対して提供する情報配信装置としても機能する。
(Broadcasting station structure)
The broadcast station 110 transmits the content for the broadcast program as stream data according to the broadcast schedule. Further, the broadcast station 110 can superimpose data broadcast and EPG (Electronic Program Guide) information on the broadcast wave and transmit it. In addition, the broadcast station 110 has the same content as the content transmitted by broadcast waves via the IP communication network 1100, related content such as still images, audio, and moving images related to the broadcast program, and unique content independently produced regardless of the broadcast program. It also functions as an information distribution device that provides the receiver 130 with (for example, a home page, text information, still image information, and moving image information provided by the broadcast station 110).
 つまり、放送局110は、放送番組の映像及び音声と連動して、放送番組に関する情報や天気予報やニュースなどの独立した情報を提供するデータ放送や、電子番組表と言われるEPG情報などを、アンテナから放送波を発して送出できる無線局であると共に、IP通信網1100を介して受信機130に上述した情報を送信できる情報配信装置であり、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当する。 That is, the broadcasting station 110, in conjunction with video and audio of the broadcast program, provides data broadcast information, independent information such as weather forecasts and news, EPG information referred to as an electronic program guide, It is a radio station capable of transmitting broadcast waves from an antenna, and is an information distribution apparatus capable of transmitting the above-described information to the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100, and corresponds to the radio station and the information distribution apparatus of the claims. .
 図18は、図17に示す放送局110の構成例を示すブロック図である。図18に示すように、放送局110は、コンテンツストリーム作成部111、EPG情報作成部112、データ放送作成部113、MUX(MUltipleXer)部114、受信部115、コンテンツ生成部117、送信部118、放送用コンテンツDB111a、放送スケジュールDB112a、データ放送用コンテンツDB113a、コンテンツDB117a、制御部119、記憶部120を主要な構成要素としている。なお、本実施例では、放送局110が、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当するが、無線局としての機能(コンテンツストリーム作成部111、EPG情報作成部112、データ放送作成部113、MUX部114、放送用コンテンツDB111a、放送スケジュールDB112a、データ放送用コンテンツDB113aに相当する機能)と、情報配信装置としての機能(コンテンツ生成部117、コンテンツDB117aとしての機能)とを別々の装置で実現するようにしてもよい。 FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of the broadcasting station 110 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 18, the broadcast station 110 includes a content stream creation unit 111, an EPG information creation unit 112, a data broadcast creation unit 113, a MUX (MultipleXer) unit 114, a reception unit 115, a content generation unit 117, a transmission unit 118, The broadcast content DB 111a, the broadcast schedule DB 112a, the data broadcast content DB 113a, the content DB 117a, the control unit 119, and the storage unit 120 are main components. In this embodiment, the broadcast station 110 corresponds to the claimed radio station and information distribution apparatus, but functions as a radio station (content stream creation unit 111, EPG information creation unit 112, data broadcast creation unit 113, The MUX unit 114, the broadcast content DB 111a, the broadcast schedule DB 112a, and the function corresponding to the data broadcast content DB 113a) and the function as the information distribution device (the function as the content generation unit 117 and the content DB 117a) are realized by separate devices. You may make it do.
 ここで、上述したコンテンツストリーム作成部111、EPG情報作成部112、データ放送作成部113、MUX部114、コンテンツ生成部117の各機能が実現する情報処理は、放送局110全体を制御する制御部119が不図示のハードウェア資源と協働して実行することにより実現される。具体的には、制御部119は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるCPU、DSP(Digital Signal Processor)、フラッシュメモリ、ROM、RAMなどから構成され、CPUおよびDSPが、フラッシュメモリやROMに格納されている各種プログラムをRAMに読み出して協働して実行することにより実現している。 Here, the information processing realized by the functions of the content stream creation unit 111, the EPG information creation unit 112, the data broadcast creation unit 113, the MUX unit 114, and the content creation unit 117 described above is a control unit that controls the entire broadcast station 110. 119 is realized by executing in cooperation with hardware resources (not shown). Specifically, the control unit 119 includes a CPU, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor), a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP are stored in the flash memory and the ROM. The various programs are read out to the RAM and executed in cooperation.
 また、上述した放送用コンテンツDB111a、放送スケジュールDB112a、データ放送用コンテンツDB113a、コンテンツDB117aは記憶部120に記憶されており、この記憶部120は、たとえばフラッシュメモリやHDD(Hard Disk Drive)などから構成される。 The broadcast content DB 111a, the broadcast schedule DB 112a, the data broadcast content DB 113a, and the content DB 117a are stored in the storage unit 120. The storage unit 120 includes, for example, a flash memory or an HDD (Hard Disk Drive). Is done.
 コンテンツストリーム作成部111は、放送用コンテンツDB111aを参照して放送用コンテンツを作成する。なお、本実施例において、放送用コンテンツは、MPEG2-TS(Motion Photographic Codeing Experts Groupe-2 Transport Stream)規格に準拠して符号化及び多重化されているものとして説明する。MPEG2-TS規格では、伝送されるコンテンツの映像及び音声等は、符号化されたES(Elementary Stream)として生成され、ESを意味のある単位毎にパケット化されたPES(Packetized Elementary Stream)が生成される。更に、PESを分割したTS(Transport Stream)パケットが、放送局110から伝送される。 The content stream creation unit 111 creates broadcast content with reference to the broadcast content DB 111a. In the present embodiment, the description will be made assuming that the broadcast content is encoded and multiplexed in conformity with the MPEG2-TS (Motion Photographic Coding Experts Group-2 Transport Stream) standard. In the MPEG2-TS standard, video and audio of transmitted content is generated as an encoded ES (Elementary Stream), and a PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) in which ES is packetized for each meaningful unit is generated. Is done. Further, a TS (Transport Stream) packet obtained by dividing the PES is transmitted from the broadcast station 110.
 また、各TSパケットのヘッダにPIDと呼ばれる13ビットのパケット識別子を付与することにより、各TSパケットが、放送用コンテンツの映像データ、音声データ、制御データ等のいずれであるのか分類することができる。 In addition, by assigning a 13-bit packet identifier called PID to the header of each TS packet, it is possible to classify whether each TS packet is video data, audio data, control data, or the like of broadcast content. .
 また、ここでいう制御データとは、SI/PSI(Service Information/Program Specific Information)と呼ばれるデータを指している。SI/PSIのSIは、EPG情報を作成するために必要な情報等を含み、PSIは、基本的な制御をするための情報を含む制御データのことである。なお、TSパケットには、放送局110の意図に反する視聴を防止するための暗号化処理(以下、「スクランブル処理」という)が施されていてもよい。ここで、スクランブル処理の方式としてたとえば、Multi2を使用することができる。このMulti2は、デジタルデータを暗号化する方式の一つであり、BSデジタル放送や地上デジタル放送などでも広く採用されている。なお、放送用コンテンツDB111aには、上述した放送用コンテンツの元になる情報が記憶されている。 The control data here refers to data called SI / PSI (Service Information / Program Specific Information). SI of SI / PSI includes information necessary for creating EPG information, and PSI is control data including information for performing basic control. The TS packet may be subjected to encryption processing (hereinafter referred to as “scramble processing”) for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast station 110. Here, for example, Multi2 can be used as the scrambling method. This Multi2 is one of the methods for encrypting digital data, and is widely used in BS digital broadcasting and terrestrial digital broadcasting. The broadcast content DB 111a stores information on which the above-described broadcast content is based.
 EPG情報作成部112は、放送スケジュールDB112aを参照してEPG情報を作成する。なお、放送スケジュールDB112aには、放送局110の放送スケジュールが記憶されているが、他の放送局110の放送スケジュール情報が記憶されていてもよい。 The EPG information creation unit 112 creates EPG information with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 112a. In the broadcast schedule DB 112a, the broadcast schedule of the broadcast station 110 is stored, but broadcast schedule information of other broadcast stations 110 may be stored.
 データ放送作成部113は、データ放送用コンテンツDB113aから例えば天気予報や番組に関連した情報等のデータ放送を作成する。なお、データ放送も、上述した放送用コンテンツと同様にMPEG2-TS規格に準拠して符号化及び多重化されているものとして説明する。なお、データ放送用コンテンツDB113aには、天気予報や番組に関連した情報等のデータ放送以外にも、その番組に関係する放送局110が提供するURL(Uniform Resource Locator)情報やP2P(Peer to Peer)方式で利用できる検索クエリ情報が記憶されていてもよい。なお、データ放送作成部113は、これらの情報をあわせてMUX部114に供給する。 The data broadcast creation unit 113 creates a data broadcast such as information related to weather forecasts and programs from the data broadcast content DB 113a. In the following description, it is assumed that the data broadcast is encoded and multiplexed according to the MPEG2-TS standard in the same manner as the broadcast content described above. The data broadcasting content DB 113a includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information and P2P (Peer to Peer) information provided by the broadcasting station 110 related to the program in addition to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to the program. ) Search query information that can be used in the method may be stored. The data broadcast creation unit 113 supplies these information together to the MUX unit 114.
 MUX部114は、コンテンツストリーム作成部111が放送用コンテンツDB111aを参照して作成したコンテンツデータと、EPG情報作成部112が放送スケジュールDB112aを参照して作成したEPG情報と、データ放送作成部113がデータ放送用コンテンツDB113aを参照して作成したデータ放送番組データとを多重化した放送データD2を生成する。そして、当該放送データD2は、放送局110のアンテナから放送波として送出される。 The MUX unit 114 includes content data created by the content stream creation unit 111 with reference to the broadcast content DB 111a, EPG information created by the EPG information creation unit 112 with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 112a, and a data broadcast creation unit 113. Broadcast data D2 is generated by multiplexing data broadcast program data created with reference to the data broadcast content DB 113a. Then, the broadcast data D2 is transmitted as a broadcast wave from the antenna of the broadcast station 110.
 受信部115は、IP通信網1100を介して、受信機130からのコンテンツ配信要求を受信することができる通信インターフェースである。 The receiving unit 115 is a communication interface that can receive a content distribution request from the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100.
 コンテンツ生成部117は、受信機130からコンテンツ配信要求を受け取ると、コンテンツDB117aを参照して、当該受信機130に対して送信可能なコンテンツの有無を判定すると共に、送信可能なコンテンツがある場合にはコンテンツを生成する。ここで、受信機130に対して送信可能なコンテンツとは、受信機130が配信要求するコンテンツでもよいし、当該放送番組に連動するコンテンツであってもよい。なお、特定のコンテンツを受信機130が要求した場合に選択されたコンテンツを生成するようにし、それ以外の配信要求では番組連動型のコンテンツを自動で生成し、送信するようにしてもよい。なお、受信機130側のコンテンツ配信可否判定により、特定のコンテンツの配信可否を判定するようにしているが、受信機130側の配信可否判定の結果によって、当該放送局110の運営する特定のサイトへのアクセス制限をするようにしてもよい。 Upon receiving a content distribution request from the receiver 130, the content generation unit 117 refers to the content DB 117a to determine whether there is content that can be transmitted to the receiver 130, and when there is content that can be transmitted. Generates content. Here, the content that can be transmitted to the receiver 130 may be content requested by the receiver 130 or content linked to the broadcast program. The selected content may be generated when the receiver 130 requests specific content, and the program-linked content may be automatically generated and transmitted for other distribution requests. Note that whether or not a specific content can be distributed is determined by determining whether or not the content can be distributed on the receiver 130 side. However, depending on the result of determining whether or not the receiver 130 can distribute the content, a specific site operated by the broadcasting station 110 is determined. You may make it restrict | limit access to.
 コンテンツDB117aには、種々のコンテンツが記憶されている。コンテンツDB117aに記憶されているコンテンツは、放送波で放送されるコンテンツ、番組連動型のものや放送終了後にもアクセスできるコンテンツ、また、エリア限定のものではないコンテンツ等が記憶されている。具体的なコンテンツの例としては、静止画、動画、音声等である。なお、これらの情報は例えばXML(eXtensible Markup Language)やBML(Broadcast Markup Language)等のマークアップ言語で記述されており、このようなマークアップ言語を用いることで、IP通信網1100との親和性を良好なものとすることができる。 Various contents are stored in the contents DB 117a. The content stored in the content DB 117a stores content that is broadcast on broadcast waves, content that is linked to a program, content that can be accessed even after the end of broadcasting, content that is not limited to an area, and the like. Specific examples of content include still images, moving images, and audio. The information is described in a markup language such as XML (extensible Markup Language) or BML (Broadcast Markup Language). By using such a markup language, compatibility with the IP communication network 1100 is obtained. Can be made good.
 送信部118は、IP通信網1100を介して、受信機130からのコンテンツ配信要求を受けて受信機130へコンテンツを送信する通信インターフェースである。 The transmission unit 118 is a communication interface that receives a content distribution request from the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100 and transmits the content to the receiver 130.
(受信機の構成)
 続いて、受信機130について説明する。受信機130は、たとえばTV放送やラジオ放送を受信する端末であり、車に搭載されている受信端末であるか、家庭用として固定されている受信端末であるか、携帯できる移動体端末であるかを問わない。また受信機130は、録画機能や録音機能を有していてもよい。なお、家庭で利用される端末としては、たとえばSTBなどであり、家庭用電源1Bと接続されて用いられる。受信機130は、上述した放送局110からの放送波を受信し、受信した放送番組の映像、音声出力やEPG情報の出力を行う。また、受信機130は、放送局110のアンテナから送出される放送波の受信状況が所定のレベル以上の場合には、放送局110がIP通信網1100を介して送信した、その放送局110が放送波によって送信するコンテンツと同一のコンテンツおよび/もしくは当該コンテンツに関連するコンテンツ、それ以外の異なるコンテンツを受信して出力することができる。なお、受信機130は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当する。
(Receiver configuration)
Subsequently, the receiver 130 will be described. The receiver 130 is a terminal that receives TV broadcast or radio broadcast, for example, and is a receiving terminal mounted in a car, a receiving terminal fixed for home use, or a mobile terminal that can be carried. It doesn't matter. The receiver 130 may have a recording function or a recording function. Note that the terminal used at home is, for example, an STB, and is used by being connected to the home power supply 1B. The receiver 130 receives the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 described above, and outputs video, audio and EPG information of the received broadcast program. In addition, when the reception state of the broadcast wave transmitted from the antenna of the broadcast station 110 is equal to or higher than a predetermined level, the receiver 130 transmits the broadcast station 110 transmitted via the IP communication network 1100. It is possible to receive and output the same content as the content transmitted by the broadcast wave and / or content related to the content and other different content. Note that the receiver 130 corresponds to the information receiving device in the claims.
 図19は、図17に示す受信機130のブロック構成を示す図である。受信機130は、放送局110から受信した情報を表示装置150、音声再生装置160へ出力する。なお、本実施形態に係る受信機130は、表示装置150、音声再生装置160とは別個の装置としている。しかし、これに限定するものではなく、受信機130、表示装置150、音声再生装置160が同じ筐体内に具備されるようなもの、例えばテレビセットとしても良い。また、受信機130と表示装置150とが同一の筐体内に具備され、音声再生装置160だけが別の筐体内に具備されるような構成であっても良い。つまり、これら3つの受信機130、表示装置150、音声再生装置160をどのような装置内に具備するのかについては特に限定するものではない。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing a block configuration of the receiver 130 shown in FIG. The receiver 130 outputs the information received from the broadcast station 110 to the display device 150 and the audio reproduction device 160. Note that the receiver 130 according to the present embodiment is a separate device from the display device 150 and the audio playback device 160. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the receiver 130, the display device 150, and the audio reproduction device 160 may be provided in the same housing, for example, a television set. Further, the receiver 130 and the display device 150 may be provided in the same housing, and only the audio reproduction device 160 may be provided in another housing. That is, there are no particular limitations on the devices in which the three receivers 130, the display device 150, and the audio reproduction device 160 are provided.
 図19に示すように、受信機130は、制御部131、操作入力部132、チューナー133、DEMUX(DEMUltipleXer)部134、デコード部135、映像/音声出力部136、記憶部137、通信部138、受信状況検出部140、出力可否判定部141、電源検出部142、タイマー143とを主要な構成要素としている。ここで、制御部131は、たとえば不図示のハードウェア資源であるCPU、DSP、フラッシュメモリ、ROM、RAMなどで構成されており、CPUおよびDSPが、記憶部137の一部であるフラッシュメモリやROMに格納されている各種プログラムをRAMに読み出して、各種演算処理を協働して実行することで、受信機130の各部の機能が行う情報処理を実現することができる。 19, the receiver 130 includes a control unit 131, an operation input unit 132, a tuner 133, a DEMUX (DEMMultipleXer) unit 134, a decoding unit 135, a video / audio output unit 136, a storage unit 137, a communication unit 138, The reception status detection unit 140, the output availability determination unit 141, the power supply detection unit 142, and the timer 143 are main components. Here, the control unit 131 includes, for example, a CPU, a DSP, a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP are a flash memory that is a part of the storage unit 137. By reading various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executing various arithmetic processes in cooperation, information processing performed by the functions of each unit of the receiver 130 can be realized.
 制御部131は、操作入力部132に入力された操作信号を解析し、受信機130を構成する各部若しくはその一部の動作を制御する部分である。たとえば、ユーザが操作入力部132を用いてチャンネルの選局指示を入力すると、この選局指示内容を示す信号が、操作入力部132および不図示のバスを介して制御部131に入力される。そして、制御部131は、不図示のバスを介してチューナー133により、ユーザが選局したチャンネルへチューニングする。また、たとえば、ユーザが操作入力部132を用いてIP通信網1100経由でのコンテンツ配信要求指示を入力すると、このコンテンツ配信要求を指示する信号が、操作入力部132および不図示のバスを介して制御部131に入力される。そして、制御部131は、コンテンツ配信要求を放送局110へIP通信網1100経由で送信すると共に、放送局110から受信したコンテンツを出力するか否かを判定を行う。 The control unit 131 is a part that analyzes the operation signal input to the operation input unit 132 and controls the operation of each unit constituting the receiver 130 or a part thereof. For example, when a user inputs a channel selection instruction using the operation input unit 132, a signal indicating the content of the channel selection instruction is input to the control unit 131 via the operation input unit 132 and a bus (not shown). Then, the control unit 131 tunes to a channel selected by the user by the tuner 133 via a bus (not shown). Further, for example, when the user inputs a content distribution request instruction via the IP communication network 1100 using the operation input unit 132, a signal instructing the content distribution request is transmitted via the operation input unit 132 and a bus (not shown). Input to the control unit 131. Then, the control unit 131 transmits a content distribution request to the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100, and determines whether to output the content received from the broadcast station 110.
 操作入力部132は、たとえばリモコンやタッチパネルで構成されるが、音声入力等ができるように構成されてもよい。また、操作入力部132は、ユーザからの操作入力を受け付けて、制御部131へユーザの指示を伝える。ユーザは、この操作入力部132を操作することで、受信機130への操作入力を行うことができる。なお、受信機130への操作入力は、赤外線などの無線信号(操作信号)を介して受信機130内に設けられた操作入力部132に入力されるようにしてもよい。操作入力部132に入力された操作信号は、不図示のバスを介して制御部131に入力される。 The operation input unit 132 is configured with, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be configured to allow voice input or the like. In addition, the operation input unit 132 receives an operation input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the control unit 131. The user can perform an operation input to the receiver 130 by operating the operation input unit 132. Note that the operation input to the receiver 130 may be input to the operation input unit 132 provided in the receiver 130 via a wireless signal (operation signal) such as infrared rays. The operation signal input to the operation input unit 132 is input to the control unit 131 via a bus (not shown).
 チューナー133は、放送局110の放送波をアンテナで受信し、受信したRF(Radio Frequency)信号を復調し、誤り訂正等を行い、TSパケットからなるTS信号をDEMUX部134へ出力する。なお、図18では、チューナー133は地上デジタル放送を受信するために1つのみ図示したが、アナログ放送、ラジオ放送(アナログ、デジタル)、BS放送(アナログ、デジタル)も受信する場合にはそれらのチューナー133を備え、2つ以上のチューナー133を有するようにしてもよい。 The tuner 133 receives the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 110 with an antenna, demodulates the received RF (Radio Frequency) signal, performs error correction, etc., and outputs a TS signal composed of TS packets to the DEMUX unit 134. In FIG. 18, only one tuner 133 is shown for receiving terrestrial digital broadcasting. However, when receiving analog broadcasting, radio broadcasting (analog, digital), and BS broadcasting (analog, digital), those tuners are also shown. A tuner 133 may be provided and two or more tuners 133 may be provided.
 DEMUX部134は、TSパケットからなるTS信号(つまり、送信側の放送局110のMUX部14で映像や音声などの複数のストリームを多重化した放送データ)を、映像や音声などのストリームデータと、SI/PSIなどのセクション形式のデータとに分離する処理を行う。なお、DEMUX部134によって分離された各データは、制御部131の指示にしたがい、デコード部135に供給される。 The DEMUX unit 134 converts a TS signal composed of TS packets (that is, broadcast data obtained by multiplexing a plurality of streams such as video and audio in the MUX unit 14 of the transmission-side broadcast station 110) into stream data such as video and audio. The data is separated into section format data such as SI / PSI. Each data separated by the DEMUX unit 134 is supplied to the decoding unit 135 in accordance with an instruction from the control unit 131.
 デコード部135は、制御部131の指示にしたがい、放送用コンテンツやEPG情報、データ放送などをデコードする。また、デコード部135は、デコードしたこれらのデータを記憶部137に供給する。なお、デコード部135が記憶部137に供給するデータは、映像信号、音声信号としてデコードせずに、データ信号としてそのまま供給するようにしてもよい。 The decoding unit 135 decodes broadcasting content, EPG information, data broadcasting, and the like according to instructions from the control unit 131. The decoding unit 135 supplies the decoded data to the storage unit 137. The data supplied from the decoding unit 135 to the storage unit 137 may be supplied as it is as a data signal without being decoded as a video signal or an audio signal.
 また、デコード部135は、上述した放送用コンテンツやEPG情報、データ放送などに対してデコードを行って、それぞれオーディオデータ、ビデオデータ、番組データを生成する。デコードされたオーディオデータは、上述の音声再生装置160に供給する。音声再生装置160は、供給されたオーディオデータに対してD/A変換処理を行い、音声信号として出力する。また、デコード部135は、デコードされたビデオデータおよび番組データを、映像/音声出力部136へ供給する。また、デコード部135は、IP通信網1100経由で通信部138から受信したコンテンツデータを制御部131の指示にしたがってデコードし、映像/音声出力部136に供給する。映像/音声出力部136に供給されたデータは、同様に、表示装置150および/または音声再生装置160に出力される。 Also, the decoding unit 135 decodes the above-described broadcast content, EPG information, data broadcast, and the like to generate audio data, video data, and program data, respectively. The decoded audio data is supplied to the audio reproduction device 160 described above. The audio reproduction device 160 performs D / A conversion processing on the supplied audio data and outputs it as an audio signal. The decoding unit 135 supplies the decoded video data and program data to the video / audio output unit 136. Further, the decoding unit 135 decodes the content data received from the communication unit 138 via the IP communication network 1100 according to the instruction of the control unit 131 and supplies the decoded content data to the video / audio output unit 136. Similarly, the data supplied to the video / audio output unit 136 is output to the display device 150 and / or the audio reproduction device 160.
 映像/音声出力部136は、供給された番組データを不図示のRAMに格納する。映像/音声出力部136は、番組データを描画することでEPG情報を生成する。そして、映像/音声出力部136は、デコード部135からのビデオデータに基づいた画面上に、EPG情報に基づいた画面を合成した合成画面を生成し、表示装置150に送出する。表示装置150は、この合成画面を表示する。 The video / audio output unit 136 stores the supplied program data in a RAM (not shown). The video / audio output unit 136 generates EPG information by drawing program data. Then, the video / audio output unit 136 generates a synthesized screen obtained by synthesizing the screen based on the EPG information on the screen based on the video data from the decoding unit 135, and sends it to the display device 150. The display device 150 displays this composite screen.
 記憶部137には、制御部131からの記録指示によりデコード部135でデコードしたデータが記憶されている。また、記憶部137は、当該受信機130を使用して情報配信システム1-2を利用する受信機130についての登録情報が格納されている。なお、ここでいう受信機130についての登録情報とは、当該情報配信システム1-2を利用する受信機130と関連付けられている機器ID、当該機器IDに関連付けられた電源経過情報などである。なお、電源経過情報の初期値は、「0」が設定されており、制御部131の判定により、自装置から家庭用電源1Bが外されてから所定時間経過しているときは「1」、自装置から家庭用電源1Bが外されていない状態および、自装置から家庭用電源1Bが外されても所定時間経過していないときは「0」の値が設定される。 In the storage unit 137, data decoded by the decoding unit 135 in accordance with a recording instruction from the control unit 131 is stored. The storage unit 137 stores registration information about the receiver 130 that uses the information distribution system 1-2 using the receiver 130. Here, the registration information about the receiver 130 includes a device ID associated with the receiver 130 that uses the information distribution system 1-2, power supply progress information associated with the device ID, and the like. Note that the initial value of the power supply progress information is set to “0”, and is “1” when a predetermined time has passed since the home power supply 1B is disconnected from the own device, as determined by the control unit 131. A value of “0” is set when the home power source 1B is not disconnected from the own device and when a predetermined time has not elapsed even when the home power source 1B is disconnected from the own device.
 また、記憶部137には、過去に放送局110の電波が受信された受信状況と受信時刻が記憶されている。なお、記憶部137は、個別の放送局110毎に受信状況を記憶するようにしてもよいし、地域で受信できる放送局110のテーブルを用意し、当該地域に対する受信状況を示す情報のテーブルを保持するようにしてもよい。図20は、図19に示す記憶部137に記憶されている情報の一例であり、(A)は放送局110毎に管理する例を示しており、(B)は放送種別毎に管理する例を示しており、(C)は、地域別に管理する例をそれぞれ示している。 Also, the storage unit 137 stores the reception status and reception time when the radio wave of the broadcasting station 110 was received in the past. Note that the storage unit 137 may store the reception status for each individual broadcast station 110, or prepare a table of the broadcast stations 110 that can be received in an area, and provide a table of information indicating the reception status for the area. You may make it hold | maintain. FIG. 20 shows an example of information stored in the storage unit 137 shown in FIG. 19, where (A) shows an example of management for each broadcast station 110, and (B) shows an example of management for each broadcast type. (C) shows an example of management for each region.
 図20(A)に示すように、放送局110毎に「放送種別」、「放送局」、「周波数」、「出力可否情報」、「出力判別時刻」、「IPアドレス」の各情報履歴が記憶部137に記憶され、管理されている。「放送種別」は、放送の種類が記憶されている。「放送局」は、放送局名が記憶されている。「周波数」は当該放送の周波数が記憶されている。「出力可否情報」は、「0」か「1」のフラグで設定され、放送波の受信状況により受信したコンテンツの出力が可能であると判定された場合は、「1」、出力不可であると判定された場合には「0」が設定される。「出力判別時刻」は、当該出力可否判定をした時刻が記憶される。「IPアドレス」は、当該出力可否判定をした時点での自装置に設定されているIPアドレスが記憶される。なお、図20(A)には、各放送局110の情報履歴を一つ示したが、出力可否判定をする際に記憶されていくため、放送局110毎の情報履歴として記憶部137に順次記憶されていく。 As shown in FIG. 20A, information histories of “broadcast type”, “broadcast station”, “frequency”, “output availability information”, “output discrimination time”, and “IP address” are stored for each broadcast station 110. It is stored and managed in the storage unit 137. “Broadcast type” stores the type of broadcast. “Broadcast station” stores the name of the broadcast station. “Frequency” stores the frequency of the broadcast. “Output availability information” is set with a flag of “0” or “1”, and when it is determined that the received content can be output depending on the reception status of the broadcast wave, “1” is output. Is determined, “0” is set. The “output discrimination time” stores the time when the output determination is made. The “IP address” stores the IP address set in the own device at the time when the output permission determination is made. FIG. 20A shows one information history of each broadcasting station 110, but since it is stored when determining whether output is possible or not, it is sequentially stored in the storage unit 137 as information history for each broadcasting station 110. It will be remembered.
 その他にも、たとえば、図20(B)に示すように、放送種別毎に「地域コード」、「出力可否情報」、「出力判別時刻」、「IPアドレス」の各情報履歴が記憶部137に記憶され、管理されていてもよい。「地域コード」は、放送種別に関連付けられている地域を一意に特定できるコードが記憶されている。なお、図20(A)と同一項目名のものは、同一の機能および役割のため、説明を省略する。なお、図20(B)には、各放送種別の情報履歴を一つ示したが、出力可否判定をする際に記憶されていくため、放送種別毎の情報履歴として記憶部137に順次記憶されていく。 In addition, for example, as shown in FIG. 20B, information histories of “region code”, “output availability information”, “output discrimination time”, and “IP address” are stored in the storage unit 137 for each broadcast type. It may be stored and managed. The “region code” stores a code that can uniquely identify the region associated with the broadcast type. Note that items having the same item names as those in FIG. 20A have the same functions and roles, and thus description thereof is omitted. FIG. 20B shows one information history for each broadcast type, but since it is stored when determining whether or not output is possible, it is sequentially stored in the storage unit 137 as an information history for each broadcast type. To go.
 また、たとえば、図20(C)に示すように、地域別に「地域コード」、「出力可否情報」、「出力判別時刻」、「IPアドレス」の各情報履歴が記憶部137に記憶され、管理されていてもよい。なお、記憶部137に記憶されている各項目については、図20(A)、(B)で説明したものとそれぞれ同一であるため、説明を省略する。なお、図20(C)には、地域別(地域コード毎)の情報履歴を一つ示したが、出力可否判定する際に記憶されていくため、地域別の情報履歴として記憶部137に順次記憶されていく。 Further, for example, as shown in FIG. 20C, information histories of “region code”, “output availability information”, “output discrimination time”, and “IP address” are stored in the storage unit 137 for each region and managed. May be. Note that the items stored in the storage unit 137 are the same as those described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 20C shows one information history for each region (for each region code), but since it is stored when determining whether output is possible or not, it is sequentially stored in the storage unit 137 as an information history for each region. It will be remembered.
 通信部138は、IP通信網1100を介して放送局110と通信を行う通信インターフェースである。通信部138は、放送局110の送信部118からのコンテンツデータを受信し、デコード部135に当該コンテンツデータを出力する。 The communication unit 138 is a communication interface that communicates with the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100. The communication unit 138 receives content data from the transmission unit 118 of the broadcast station 110 and outputs the content data to the decoding unit 135.
 受信状況検出部140は、制御部131がコンテンツ配信要求に伴って指示される受信状況検出指示により、放送局110から送出される放送波の受信状況を検出する機能を有する。なお、受信状況検出部140の詳細については、後述する受信機130の動作と共に説明する。受信状況検出部140で検出された値(検出信号)は、出力可否判定部141に供給される。 The reception status detection unit 140 has a function of detecting the reception status of a broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 in accordance with a reception status detection instruction that the control unit 131 is instructed with a content distribution request. The details of the reception status detection unit 140 will be described together with the operation of the receiver 130 described later. The value (detection signal) detected by the reception status detection unit 140 is supplied to the output availability determination unit 141.
 出力可否判定部141は、制御部131からの出力可否判定指示により、受信状況検出部140から供給された値、後述する電源検出部142から出力される値、後述するタイマー143から出力される値を記憶部137に記憶すると共に、これらの情報に基づいて、通信部138を介して受信したコンテンツを出力するか否かを判定する。なお、出力可否判定部141の詳細については、後述する受信機130の動作と共に説明する。出力可否判定部141は、受信したコンテンツの出力を許可すると判定した場合には、出力を許可する信号を映像/音声出力部136に対して供給し、受信したコンテンツの出力を許可しないと判定した場合には、表示装置150に出力できない旨の表示、または音声再生装置160に出力できない旨を出力(再生)する。 In response to an output permission determination instruction from the control unit 131, the output permission determination unit 141 is a value supplied from the reception status detection unit 140, a value output from a power supply detection unit 142 described later, and a value output from a timer 143 described later. Is stored in the storage unit 137, and based on these pieces of information, it is determined whether to output the content received via the communication unit 138. The details of the output propriety determination unit 141 will be described together with the operation of the receiver 130 described later. When determining that output of the received content is permitted, the output propriety determination unit 141 supplies a signal permitting output to the video / audio output unit 136 and determines that output of the received content is not permitted. In such a case, a display indicating that the data cannot be output to the display device 150 or a message indicating that the data cannot be output to the audio playback device 160 is output (reproduced).
 電源検出部142は、家庭用電源1Bに受信機130が接続されているか否かを検出する。また、電源検出部142は、家庭用電源1Bとは別の内部電池(不図示)を備えたタイマー143により当該家庭用電源1Bから外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定して出力する。そして、電源検出部142は、家庭用電源1Bに受信機130が接続されているか否かを示す情報およびタイマー143による判定情報を制御部131へ出力する。なお、電源検出部142が出力する家庭用電源1Bに受信機130が接続されているか否かを示す情報には、接続有無に加えて、接続時刻情報または切断時刻情報が含まれるものとする。 The power source detection unit 142 detects whether or not the receiver 130 is connected to the household power source 1B. Further, the power source detection unit 142 determines whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the timer 143 provided with an internal battery (not shown) different from the home power source 1B is disconnected from the home power source 1B. To do. Then, the power source detection unit 142 outputs information indicating whether the receiver 130 is connected to the household power source 1B and determination information by the timer 143 to the control unit 131. Note that the information indicating whether or not the receiver 130 is connected to the household power supply 1B output from the power supply detection unit 142 includes connection time information or disconnection time information in addition to the presence or absence of connection.
 なお、受信機130は、放送局110から送出される放送波に重畳される放送データにスクランブル処理がなされている場合には、当該スクランブルを解除するデスクランブラ部(不図示)を備えていてもよい。その場合、デスクランブラ部は、制御部131の指示にしたがい、チューナーで受信したRF信号に重畳され、スクランブル処理を施されて伝送されてきたTSパケットからなるTS信号を通常の信号へと解除する処理を行う。また、デスクランブラ部は、スクランブル処理が解除されたTSパケットからなるTS信号を、DEMUX部134に供給する。 Note that the receiver 130 may include a descrambler unit (not shown) for releasing the scramble when the broadcast data superimposed on the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast station 110 is scrambled. Good. In this case, the descrambler unit cancels the TS signal composed of the TS packet that is superimposed on the RF signal received by the tuner and scrambled and transmitted to the normal signal according to the instruction of the control unit 131. Process. Further, the descrambler unit supplies a TS signal composed of the TS packet from which the scramble process has been released to the DEMUX unit 134.
(受信機の動作)
 続いて、受信機130の動作について説明する。図21は、図17に示す受信機130の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、以下の処理において放送局110は複数存在し、各放送局110から放送波が送出されているものとする。
(Receiver operation)
Next, the operation of the receiver 130 will be described. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 shown in FIG. In the following processing, it is assumed that there are a plurality of broadcast stations 110 and broadcast waves are transmitted from each broadcast station 110.
 START:制御部131は、ユーザが操作入力部132を操作することで生成された放送局110へのIP通信網1100経由でのコンテンツ配信要求信号を受信すると、処理を開始する。 START: When the control unit 131 receives a content distribution request signal via the IP communication network 1100 to the broadcast station 110 generated by the user operating the operation input unit 132, the control unit 131 starts processing.
 ステップS101:制御部131は、放送局110へアクセス要求があるか否かを判定する。アクセス要求がある場合(ステップS101でYES)には、ステップS102の処理へ移行し、アクセス要求がない場合(ステップS101でNO)には、アクセス要求があるまでステップS101の判定処理を繰り返す。なお、制御部131は、アクセス要求があるまで監視していてもよい。 Step S101: The control unit 131 determines whether or not there is an access request to the broadcast station 110. If there is an access request (YES in step S101), the process proceeds to step S102. If there is no access request (NO in step S101), the determination process in step S101 is repeated until there is an access request. Note that the control unit 131 may monitor until there is an access request.
 ステップS102:制御部131は、ステップS101でアクセス要求があった放送局110からのコンテンツを放送波で受信中であるか否かを判定する。制御部131は、アクセス要求があった放送局110からのコンテンツを受信中である場合(ステップS102でYES)には、ステップS104の処理へ移行する。一方、制御部131は、アクセス要求があった放送局110からのコンテンツを受信中でない場合(ステップS102でNO)には、ステップS103の処理へ移行する。 Step S102: The control unit 131 determines whether or not the content from the broadcasting station 110 requested to access in step S101 is being received by a broadcast wave. If the content is being received from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access (YES in step S102), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process in step S104. On the other hand, when the content from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access is not being received (NO in step S102), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S103.
 ステップS103:制御部131は、チューナー133をチューニングして、アクセス要求があった放送局110からの放送波を受信する。制御部131は、アクセス要求があった放送局110からの放送波を受信すると、ステップS104の処理へ移行する。 Step S103: The control unit 131 tunes the tuner 133 and receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access. When the control unit 131 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 that has requested access, the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S104.
 ステップS104:制御部131は、チューナー133を制御して、ステップS103で受信した放送局110からの放送波の受信状況を検出する。具体的には、制御部131が放送波の電界受信強度および/または受信誤り率を検出する。 Step S104: The control unit 131 controls the tuner 133 to detect the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 received in step S103. Specifically, the control unit 131 detects the electric field reception intensity and / or reception error rate of the broadcast wave.
 ここで、制御部131および受信状況検出部140が、放送波の電界受信強度を検出する方法としては、電界受信強度信号を生成できる電界受信強度信号生成回路(不図示)を受信機130に備えさせ、当該生成回路から得られる値が制御部131に出力されるようにする。たとえば、当該生成回路として、公知のRSSI(Receive Signal StrengthIndication)回路を備えさせ、当該RSSI回路から電界受信強度信号を得られるようにする。なお、電界受信強度が検出できればどのような回路であってもよい。 Here, as a method for the control unit 131 and the reception status detection unit 140 to detect the electric field reception intensity of the broadcast wave, the receiver 130 includes an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal. The value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the control unit 131. For example, a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit is provided as the generation circuit so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected.
 また、制御部131および受信状況検出部140が、放送波の受信誤り率を検出する方法としては、受信機130に受信誤り率検出回路を備えさせ、当該検出回路から得られる検出信号を制御部131へ出力されるようにする。 As a method for the control unit 131 and the reception status detection unit 140 to detect a broadcast wave reception error rate, the receiver 130 is provided with a reception error rate detection circuit, and a detection signal obtained from the detection circuit is transmitted to the control unit. It is made to output to 131.
 図22は、図21に示すステップS104の検出処理を行うための受信誤り率検出回路170の一例を示すブロック図である。たとえば、当該検出回路として、受信誤りを検出できる受信誤り検出部171と、当該受信誤り検出部171が受信データR11のビットを検査する度に1つずつ加算するメインカウンタ172と、受信誤り検出部171において、受信データR11の誤りビットを検出する度に1つずつ加算する誤りビットカウンタ173と、上述したメインカウンタ172と誤りビットカウンタ173のカウント値から常時誤り率を算出する受信誤り率算出部174と、予め設定された基準値を保持するメモリ176と、受信誤り率算出部174で算出された誤り率とメモリ176の基準値を比較して算出された誤り率が基準値を上回ったところで検出信号T11を出力する判定部175とを備えさせる。なお、メモリ176に予め設定された基準値には、たとえば2×10-2、2×10-3、2×10-4、2×10-5の4つを記憶させ、算出された誤り率がこれらいずれかの基準値を上回った時点で判定部175がそれぞれの検出信号を制御部131へ出力するようにすることで受信誤り率を検出することができる。なお、上述した受信誤り率検出回路170は、あくまでも例示であり、受信誤り率を検出できればどのような回路であってもよい。 FIG. 22 is a block diagram showing an example of the reception error rate detection circuit 170 for performing the detection process of step S104 shown in FIG. For example, as the detection circuit, a reception error detection unit 171 that can detect a reception error, a main counter 172 that increments by one each time the reception error detection unit 171 checks a bit of the reception data R11, and a reception error detection unit 171, an error bit counter 173 that increments each time an error bit of the received data R11 is detected, and a reception error rate calculation unit that always calculates an error rate from the count values of the main counter 172 and the error bit counter 173 described above. 174, a memory 176 holding a preset reference value, and an error rate calculated by comparing the error rate calculated by the reception error rate calculation unit 174 with the reference value of the memory 176 exceeds the reference value. And a determination unit 175 that outputs the detection signal T11. For example, 4 × 2 × 10 −2 , 2 × 10 −3 , 2 × 10 −4 , and 2 × 10 −5 are stored in the reference values set in advance in the memory 176, and the calculated error rate is calculated. The reception error rate can be detected by causing the determination unit 175 to output the respective detection signals to the control unit 131 at a point in time when the value exceeds any of these reference values. The reception error rate detection circuit 170 described above is merely an example, and any circuit may be used as long as the reception error rate can be detected.
 上述した電界受信強度信号生成回路から得られる電界受信強度信号および/または受信誤り率検出回路170から得られる検出信号T11を用いることで放送波の受信状況を検出することができる。制御部131は、ステップS103で受信した放送局110からの放送波の受信状況を検出すると、当該受信状況を示す情報に基づいて図20に示すような出力可否情報および出力判定時刻を記憶部137に記憶し、ステップS105の処理へ移行する。なお、制御部131が、受信状況を示す状況から、出力可否情報(0または1のフラグ)をどのように設定するかについては、実際の放送波の受信状況を考慮して設定することが好ましい。 By using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit and / or the detection signal T11 obtained from the reception error rate detection circuit 170, the reception state of the broadcast wave can be detected. When the control unit 131 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 received in step S103, the storage unit 137 stores the output permission information and the output determination time as shown in FIG. 20 based on the information indicating the reception status. And the process proceeds to step S105. Note that it is preferable that the control unit 131 sets the output availability information (0 or 1 flag) from the situation indicating the reception situation in consideration of the actual broadcast wave reception situation. .
 ステップS105:制御部131は、ステップS104で検出した受信状況からコンテンツの出力可否判定を行う。具体的には、記憶部137に記憶された受信状況を示す情報を参照して、コンテンツの出力可否判定を行う。制御部131は、コンテンツの出力許可する場合(ステップS105でYES)には、ステップS106の処理へ移行し、許可しない場合(ステップS105でNO)には、ステップS107の処理へ移行する。 Step S105: The control unit 131 determines whether or not content can be output from the reception status detected in step S104. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the content can be output with reference to information indicating the reception status stored in the storage unit 137. When the content output is permitted (YES in step S105), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S106, and when not permitted (NO in step S105), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S107.
 ステップS106:制御部131は、放送局110からIP通信網1100を介して受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして表示装置150や音声再生装置160に出力し、記憶部137に出力可能である旨の情報と出力可否判定を行った時刻を記憶して処理を終了する(END)。なお、ここでいう受信したコンテンツは、ストリーミング形式であるか、ダウンロード形式であるかを問わない。なお、受信したコンテンツがストリーミング形式の場合には、ステップS106の出力可否判定時以降に新たに受信したコンテンツを再生する、もしくはステップS101のアクセス要求が発生した後に、コンテンツのバッファリングを行い、ステップS106において出力可能と判定された後にステップS101のアクセス要求が発生した後に受信したコンテンツを再生するようにしてもよい。 Step S106: The control unit 131 can output the content received from the broadcasting station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 and the audio reproduction device 160 as video and audio output data, and can output to the storage unit 137. The information to that effect and the time at which the output propriety determination is performed are stored, and the process is terminated (END). It should be noted that the content received here may be in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced after the output permission determination in step S106, or the content is buffered after the access request is generated in step S101. You may make it reproduce | regenerate the received content after the access request of step S101 generate | occur | produces after determining with S106 being able to output.
 ステップS107:制御部131は、記憶部137を参照して過去に出力可能な受信情報の有無を判定する。具体的には、制御部131は、図20に示したような管理テーブルを参照し、出力可否情報が「1」となっている情報の有無を検索する。制御部131は、過去に出力可能な受信情報が有ると判定した場合(ステップS107でYES)には、ステップS108の処理へ移行し、過去に出力可能な受信情報が無いと判定した場合(ステップS107でNO)には、ステップS109の処理へ移行する。 Step S107: The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 to determine whether there is reception information that can be output in the past. Specifically, the control unit 131 refers to the management table as shown in FIG. 20 and searches for the presence / absence of information whose output permission information is “1”. When it is determined that there is reception information that can be output in the past (YES in step S107), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S108, and when it is determined that there is no reception information that can be output in the past (step S107). If NO in S107, the process proceeds to step S109.
 ステップS108:制御部131は、記憶部137を参照して電源経過情報からコンテンツの出力可否判定を行う。具体的には、制御部131は、記憶部137に記憶されている電源経過情報としての電源切断後に再度電源に接続された時刻と、出力可能とされている情報(出力可否情報のフラグが1となっている情報)に関連付けられている出力可否判別時刻とを比較して、再度電源に接続された時刻情報がそもそもない場合、または再度電源に接続された時刻の方が、出力可能とされている情報に関連づけられている時刻より過去であって、現在時刻が当該出力可能とされている時刻から所定時間以内の場合(ステップS108でYES)には、コンテンツの出力を許可するため、ステップS106の処理へ移行し、一方、出力可能とされている情報に関連付けられている時刻の方が、再度電源に接続された時刻情報より過去であって、現在時刻が最新の電源切断時刻から所定時間以内でない場合(ステップS108でNO)には、コンテンツの出力を許可しないため、ステップS109の処理へ移行する。なお、ここでの所定時間とは、家屋内の移動時間として、たとえば15分、または30分などに設定することが好ましいが、上記以外の時間でもよい。 Step S108: The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 and determines whether or not the content can be output from the power supply progress information. Specifically, the control unit 131 sets the time when power is connected again after power-off as the power-supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137 and information indicating that output is possible (the flag of the output permission information is 1). If the time information reconnected to the power source is not found in the first place, or the time reconnected to the power source can be output. If the current time is within a predetermined time from the time when the output is enabled (YES in step S108), the output of the content is permitted. On the other hand, the time associated with the information that can be output is earlier than the time information connected to the power source again, and the current time is the latest. In the case of power-off time is not within the predetermined time (NO in step S108), because it does not allow the output of the content, the process proceeds to step S109. The predetermined time here is preferably set to 15 minutes or 30 minutes, for example, as the movement time in the house, but may be other than the above.
 ステップS109:制御部131は、コンテンツを出力できない旨を表示装置150や音声再生装置160に出力して処理を終了する(END)。 Step S109: The control unit 131 outputs that the content cannot be output to the display device 150 and the audio reproduction device 160, and ends the processing (END).
(放送局の動作)
 続いて、以上の受信機130側での動作を受けて放送局110側が行う動作について説明する。図23は、図17に示す放送局110の動作を示すフローチャートである。
(Broadcaster operation)
Next, operations performed on the broadcast station 110 side in response to the operations on the receiver 130 side will be described. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 110 shown in FIG.
 START:放送局110の制御部119は、受信機130からIP通信網1100経由でコンテンツ配信要求があると、以下の処理を開始する。 START: When there is a content distribution request from the receiver 130 via the IP communication network 1100, the control unit 119 of the broadcast station 110 starts the following processing.
 ステップS1010:制御部119は、現在配信可能なコンテンツの有無を判定する。ここで、配信可能なコンテンツとは、当該放送局110が放送波で送出している番組に関連したコンテンツを時刻と共に連動して配信しているコンテンツのことである。なお、配信可能なコンテンツ以外に、放送波で送出している番組と同一のコンテンツ(つまり、IP再送信の対象となるコンテンツ)を配信対象としてもよい。制御部119は、現在配信可能なコンテンツがある場合(ステップS1010でYES)には、ステップS1011の処理へ移行し、現在配信可能なコンテンツがない場合(ステップS1010でNO)には、ステップS1012の処理へ移行する。 Step S1010: The control unit 119 determines whether or not there is a content that can be currently distributed. Here, the distributable content is content in which content related to a program transmitted by the broadcast station 110 using broadcast waves is distributed in conjunction with time. In addition to content that can be distributed, content that is the same as a program that is being transmitted by broadcast waves (that is, content that is subject to IP retransmission) may be distributed. If there is content that can be distributed at present (YES in step S1010), the control unit 119 proceeds to the processing of step S1011. If there is no content that can be currently distributed (NO in step S1010), the control unit 119 proceeds to step S1012. Transition to processing.
 ステップS1011:制御部119は、配信可能なコンテンツをIP通信網1100経由でコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機130に対して送信し、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S1011: The control unit 119 transmits distributable content to the receiver 130 that has transmitted the content distribution request via the IP communication network 1100, and ends the processing (END).
 ステップS1012:制御部119は、配信可能なコンテンツがない旨をIP通信網1100経由でコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた受信機130に対して送信し、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S1012: The control unit 119 transmits to the receiver 130 that has transmitted a content distribution request via the IP communication network 1100 that there is no content that can be distributed, and ends the processing (END).
 以上説明したように、この情報配信システム1-2では、ユーザに特別な操作を課すことなく、放送対象地域内であればIP通信網1100を介して受信したコンテンツを受信機130から適切に出力させることができる。つまり、この情報配信システム1-2では、放送波を受信することができる受信機130に対してのみ、コンテンツを出力させることが可能となる。また、この情報配信システム1-2では、受信機130が電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かの判定をすることにより、放送波の受信状況が悪くとも過去に良好に受信できていた機器に関しては、電源が切断されてから所定時間以内であれば、コンテンツ出力を許可することができる。したがって、たとえば、家のレイアウト変更などにより、受信機130が移動し、放送局110からの放送波の受信状況が悪化しても、移動前の場所では良好な受信状況であり、電源が切断されてから所定時間以内であった場合にはコンテンツ出力を許可することができる一方で、放送局110の放送波の受信エリアを越えるような移動の場合には、電源が切断されてからの所定時間が経過している蓋然性が高いため、不正なコンテンツ出力を禁止することができる。 As described above, in the information distribution system 1-2, content received via the IP communication network 1100 is appropriately output from the receiver 130 within the broadcast target area without imposing a special operation on the user. Can be made. That is, in this information distribution system 1-2, it is possible to output content only to the receiver 130 that can receive broadcast waves. In addition, in this information distribution system 1-2, by determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 130 was disconnected from the power source, it was possible to receive well in the past even if the reception condition of the broadcast wave was bad. As for the devices that have been turned on, content output can be permitted within a predetermined time after the power is turned off. Therefore, for example, even if the receiver 130 moves due to a change in the layout of the house and the reception situation of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 110 deteriorates, the reception condition is good in the place before the movement, and the power is cut off. Content output can be permitted if it is within a predetermined time from the beginning, but in the case of movement exceeding the broadcast wave reception area of the broadcast station 110, a predetermined time after the power is turned off Since it is highly probable that has passed, unauthorized content output can be prohibited.
(放送配信システムの構成)
 続いて、本発明の実施例6に係る情報配信システム1-2Aについて説明する。本発明の実施例6に係る情報配信システム1-2Aは、受信機130のコンテンツ出力可否判定において、受信状況が良好でコンテンツ出力を許可する場合には、受信機130の記憶部137に記憶されている家庭用電源1Bの電源経過情報を変更するものである。ここで、実施例6の電源経過情報は、実施例5の電源経過情報と異なり、0,1のフラグにより家庭用電源1Bが外されてから所定時間経過したか否か(0は、経過していない、1が経過したとする)を示すものである。なお、実施例6に係る情報配信システム1-2Aは、受信機130の動作以外は、図17に示す情報配信システム1-2と構成が同一であるため図17を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例6における放送局110は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機130は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。
(Configuration of broadcast distribution system)
Next, an information distribution system 1-2A according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention will be described. In the information distribution system 1-2A according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention, in the content output permission determination of the receiver 130, when the reception status is good and the content output is permitted, the information distribution system 1-2A is stored in the storage unit 137 of the receiver 130. The power supply progress information of the household power supply 1B is changed. Here, the power supply progress information of the sixth embodiment is different from the power supply progress information of the fifth embodiment, and whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the home power supply 1B was removed by the 0 and 1 flags (0 is elapsed). Not 1). The information distribution system 1-2A according to the sixth embodiment is the same as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the operation of the receiver 130. The description of the function is omitted. Note that the broadcasting station 110 according to the sixth embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device, and the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
 図24は、本発明の実施例6に係る情報配信システム1-2Aの放送局110の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、図24の処理は、図21のステップS105の処理後にステップS105Aの処理が加わり、ステップS106、S108の処理に代わりステップS106A、S108Aの処理を行う以外は、図23に示す処理と同一であるため、同一のステップ番号を付すと共に、それらの説明を省略する。 FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the operation of the broadcast station 110 of the information distribution system 1-2A according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention. The process of FIG. 24 is the same as the process shown in FIG. 23 except that the process of step S105A is added after the process of step S105 of FIG. 21 and the processes of steps S106A and S108A are performed instead of the processes of steps S106 and S108. For this reason, the same step numbers are assigned and descriptions thereof are omitted.
 ステップS105A:制御部131は、記憶部137に記憶されている電源経過情報を変更する。具体的には、制御部131は、記憶部137に記憶されている電源経過情報を1から0へ変更する。なお、制御部131は、もともと0と設定されている場合には、0のままとする。制御部131は、ステップS105Aの処理が完了すると、ステップS106Aの処理へ移行する。 Step S105A: The control unit 131 changes the power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137. Specifically, the control unit 131 changes the power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137 from 1 to 0. The control unit 131 keeps 0 if it is originally set to 0. When the process of step S105A is completed, the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S106A.
 ステップS106A:制御部131は、放送局110からIP通信網1100を介して受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして表示装置150や音声再生装置160に出力し、記憶部137に出力可能である旨の情報を記憶して処理を終了する(END)。 Step S106A: The control unit 131 can output the content received from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 or the audio reproduction device 160 as video or audio output data, and can output the content to the storage unit 137. The information to that effect is stored and the process is terminated (END).
 ステップS108A:制御部131は、記憶部137を参照して電源経過情報からコンテンツの出力可否判定を行う。具体的には、制御部131は、記憶部137に記憶されている電源経過情報の判定結果(0か1のフラグ値)を参照し、所定時間を経過していないという判定結果(つまり、0のフラグ)であった場合(ステップS108AでYES)には、コンテンツの出力を許可するため、ステップS106Aの処理へ移行し、所定時間を経過しているという判定結果(つまり、1のフラグ)であった場合(ステップS108AでNO)には、コンテンツの出力を許可しないため、ステップS109の処理へ移行する。 Step S108A: The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 and determines whether or not content can be output from the power supply progress information. Specifically, the control unit 131 refers to the determination result (0 or 1 flag value) of the power supply progress information stored in the storage unit 137 and determines that the predetermined time has not elapsed (that is, 0 (Yes in step S108A), the process proceeds to step S106A to permit the output of the content, and the determination result that the predetermined time has passed (that is, the flag of 1) If there is (NO in step S108A), the output of the content is not permitted, and the process proceeds to step S109.
 このような処理とすることで、電源経過情報は、放送局110からの電波の受信状況から出力可能であると判定されると記憶部137から削除されるため、この電源経過情報がある場合には、受信可能と判断された後に自装置が家庭用電源1Bから外されて所定時間より経過していることが容易に判別することができる。そのため、このような処理により受信機130が他の地域に移動した可能性がある場合などの状況においてコンテンツの出力を許可しないようにすることができる。 With this processing, the power supply progress information is deleted from the storage unit 137 when it is determined that it can be output from the reception status of radio waves from the broadcast station 110. Can easily determine that the self-apparatus has been disconnected from the home power supply 1B and that a predetermined time has elapsed since it was determined that reception was possible. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the output of the content from being permitted in a situation where the receiver 130 may have moved to another region by such processing.
 続いて、本発明の実施例7に係る情報配信システム1-2Bについて説明する。本発明の実施例7に係る情報配信システム1-2Bは、コンテンツ配信可否判定の前提において、家庭用電源1Bから外された場合の内部処理に関するものである。なお、実施例7に係る情報配信システム1-2Bは、受信機130の動作以外は、図17に示す情報配信システム1-2と構成が同一であるため図17を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例7における放送局110は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機130は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。 Subsequently, an information distribution system 1-2B according to Embodiment 7 of the present invention will be described. The information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention relates to internal processing in the case of disconnecting from the home power supply 1B on the premise of content distribution availability determination. The information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment has the same configuration as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the operation of the receiver 130. The description of the function is omitted. Note that the broadcasting station 110 according to the seventh embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device, and the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
 図25は、本発明の実施例7に係る情報配信システム1-2Bの受信機130の動作を示すフローチャートである。 FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 of the information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention.
 ステップS1020:制御部131は、家庭用電源1Bから自装置が外されたか否かを検出する。制御部131は、家庭用電源1Bから自装置が外されたと検出した場合(ステップS1020でYES)には、ステップS1021の処理へ移行し、検出できない場合(ステップS1020でNO)には、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S1020: The control unit 131 detects whether or not the device is disconnected from the household power supply 1B. If the control unit 131 detects that the device is disconnected from the household power source 1B (YES in step S1020), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S1021, and if not detected (NO in step S1020), performs the process. End (END).
 ステップS1021:制御部131は、家庭用電源1Bから外されて所定時間経過したか否かを検出する。ここで、所定時間とは、家屋内での移動を想定しているため、10分~15分程度が望ましいが、それ以外の時間(たとえば、5分、30分、60分など)を設定してもよい。制御部131は、所定時間経過したと検出した場合(ステップS1021でYES)には、ステップS1022の処理へ移行し、検出できない場合(ステップS1021でNO)には、処理を終了する(END)。なお、検出できない場合にステップS1021の処理をループするようにしてもよい。 Step S1021: The control unit 131 detects whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed after being disconnected from the household power supply 1B. Here, the predetermined time is assumed to be moving within the house, so it is preferably about 10 to 15 minutes, but other times (for example, 5 minutes, 30 minutes, 60 minutes, etc.) are set. May be. If the control unit 131 detects that a predetermined time has elapsed (YES in step S1021), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S1022, and if it cannot be detected (NO in step S1021), the process ends (END). Note that if it cannot be detected, the process of step S1021 may be looped.
 ステップS1022:制御部131は、記憶部137に記憶されている出力可否情報をすべて削除して、処理を終了する(END)。 Step S1022: The control unit 131 deletes all the output propriety information stored in the storage unit 137 and ends the processing (END).
 図26は、本発明の実施例7に係る情報配信システム1-2Bの受信機130の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、ステップS106BおよびステップS107Bの処理以外は、図21に示す処理と同一のため、同一の符号を付した部分の説明は省略する。 FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 of the information distribution system 1-2B according to the seventh embodiment of the present invention. Since the processes other than the processes of step S106B and step S107B are the same as the processes shown in FIG. 21, the description of the parts denoted by the same reference numerals is omitted.
 ステップS106B:制御部131は、放送局110からIP通信網1100を介して受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして表示装置150や音声再生装置160に出力し、記憶部137に出力可能である旨の情報と出力可否判定を行った時刻を記憶して処理を終了する(END)。なお、ここでいう受信したコンテンツは、ストリーミング形式であるか、ダウンロード形式であるかを問わない。なお、受信したコンテンツがストリーミング形式の場合には、ステップS106Bの出力可否判定時以降に新たに受信したコンテンツを再生する、もしくはステップS101のアクセス要求が発生した後に、コンテンツのバッファリングを行い、ステップS106Bにおいて出力可能と判定された後にステップS101のアクセス要求が発生した後に受信したコンテンツを再生するようにしてもよい。 Step S106B: The control unit 131 can output the content received from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 or the audio reproduction device 160 as video or audio output data, and can output the content to the storage unit 137. The information to that effect and the time at which the output propriety determination is performed are stored, and the process is terminated (END). It should be noted that the content received here may be in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced after the determination of whether or not the output is permitted in step S106B, or after the access request in step S101 is generated, the content is buffered. You may make it reproduce | regenerate the received content after the access request of step S101 generate | occur | produces after determining with S106B being able to output.
 ステップS107B:制御部131は、記憶部137を参照して過去に出力可能な受信情報の有無を判定する。具体的には、制御部131は、図20(A)に示したような管理テーブルを参照し、出力可否情報が「1」となっている情報の有無を検索する。制御部131は、過去に出力可能な受信情報が有ると判定した場合(ステップS107BでYES)には、ステップS108の処理へ移行し、過去に出力可能な受信情報が無いと判定した場合(ステップS107BでNO)には、ステップS109の処理へ移行する。 Step S107B: The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 to determine whether there is reception information that can be output in the past. Specifically, the control unit 131 refers to the management table as shown in FIG. 20A and searches for the presence / absence of information whose output enable / disable information is “1”. When it is determined that there is reception information that can be output in the past (YES in step S107B), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S108, and when it is determined that there is no reception information that can be output in the past (step S107). If NO in S107B, the process proceeds to step S109.
 このような処理とすることで、仮に家屋内での移動により受信機130が接続している家庭用電源1Bから外されたとしても、記憶部137に記憶されている出力可能情報が存在するため、適切にコンテンツの出力が許可される。 With such processing, even if the receiver 130 is disconnected from the home power supply 1B connected to the home due to movement in the house, there is outputable information stored in the storage unit 137. Appropriate content output is allowed.
 続いて、本発明の実施例8に係る情報配信システム1-2Cについて説明する。本発明の実施例8に係る情報配信システム1-2Cは、過去に放送局110に関連付けられている受信状況を示す情報からコンテンツの出力が許可された情報があり、かつコンテンツの出力が許可されたときのIPアドレスと一致している場合には、受信状況が悪くてもコンテンツ出力を許可するものである。なお、実施例8に係る情報配信システム1-2Cは、受信機130の動作以外は、図17に示す情報配信システム1-2と構成が同一であるため図17を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例7における放送局110は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機130は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。 Subsequently, an information distribution system 1-2C according to Example 8 of the present invention will be described. In the information distribution system 1-2C according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention, there is information in which content output is permitted from information indicating the reception status associated with the broadcasting station 110 in the past, and content output is permitted. If the received IP address matches, the content output is permitted even if the reception status is bad. Note that the information distribution system 1-2C according to the eighth embodiment has the same configuration as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the operation of the receiver 130. Therefore, referring to FIG. The description of the function is omitted. Note that the broadcasting station 110 according to the seventh embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution device, and the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception device of the claim, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system of the claim. To do.
 図27は、本発明の実施例8に係る情報配信システム1-2Cの受信機130の動作を示すフローチャートである。なお、ステップS105C、S106C、およびステップS107Cの処理以外は、図21に示す処理と同一のため、同一の符号を付した部分の説明は省略する。 FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing the operation of the receiver 130 of the information distribution system 1-2C according to the eighth embodiment of the present invention. Since the processes other than the processes of steps S105C, S106C, and S107C are the same as the processes shown in FIG. 21, the description of the parts denoted by the same reference numerals is omitted.
 ステップ5C:制御部131は、自装置に割り振られている現在のIPアドレスを検出する。制御部131は、ステップS105Cの処理が完了すると、ステップS107Cの処理へ移行する。 Step 5C: The control unit 131 detects the current IP address assigned to the own device. When the process of step S105C is completed, the control unit 131 proceeds to the process of step S107C.
 ステップS106C:制御部131は、放送局110からIP通信網1100を介して受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして表示装置150や音声再生装置160に出力し、記憶部に出力可能である旨の情報と時刻情報とステップS105Cで検出したIPアドレスを記憶して処理を終了する(END)。なお、ここでいう受信したコンテンツは、ストリーミング形式であるか、ダウンロード形式であるかを問わない。なお、受信したコンテンツがストリーミング形式の場合には、ステップS106Cの出力可否判定時以降に新たに受信したコンテンツを再生する、もしくはステップS101のアクセス要求が発生した後に、コンテンツのバッファリングを行い、ステップS106Cにおいて出力可能と判定された後にステップS101のアクセス要求が発生した後に受信したコンテンツを再生するようにしてもよい。 Step S106C: The control unit 131 outputs the content received from the broadcast station 110 via the IP communication network 1100 to the display device 150 or the audio reproduction device 160 as video or audio output data, and can output it to the storage unit. And the time information and the IP address detected in step S105C are stored, and the process ends (END). It should be noted that the content received here may be in a streaming format or a download format. If the received content is in the streaming format, the newly received content is reproduced after the determination of whether output is possible in step S106C, or after the access request in step S101 is generated, the content is buffered. The content received after the access request in step S101 is generated after it is determined in S106C that output is possible may be reproduced.
 ステップS107C:制御部131は、記憶部137を参照して過去に出力可能な受信情報の有無およびIPアドレスが一致しているか否かを判定する。制御部131は、過去に出力可能な受信情報が有り、かつIPアドレスが一致していると判定した場合(ステップS107CでYES)には、ステップS108の処理へ移行し、それ以外の判定となった場合(ステップS107CでNO)には、ステップS109の処理へ移行する。 Step S107C: The control unit 131 refers to the storage unit 137 to determine whether there is reception information that can be output in the past and whether the IP addresses match. If the control unit 131 determines that there is reception information that can be output in the past and the IP addresses match (YES in step S107C), the control unit 131 proceeds to the process in step S108, and other determinations are made. If YES (NO in step S107C), the process proceeds to step S109.
 このような処理とすることで、初めての出力可否判定においては、IPアドレスの比較ができないため、放送局110からの電波の受信状況のみから行うことになるが、2回目からの出力可否判定においては、過去の良好な受信状況であったときのIPアドレスと一致しているか否かを比較することが可能となるため、仮に家屋内の移動により電波の受信状況が悪化した場合であっても、コンテンツの出力が許可されるため、より精度の高い方法で出力可否判定を行うことができる。 In such a process, since the IP address cannot be compared in the first determination as to whether or not output is possible, it is performed only from the reception status of the radio wave from the broadcast station 110. In the second determination as to whether or not output is possible. Since it is possible to compare whether or not it matches the IP address when it was a good reception situation in the past, even if the reception situation of radio waves deteriorated due to movement in the house Since the output of the content is permitted, the output propriety determination can be performed by a more accurate method.
 続いて、本発明の実施例9に係る情報配信システム1-2Dについて説明する。本発明の実施例9に係る情報配信システム1-2Dの放送局110は、上述の実施例5~9の放送局110と異なり、アナログ放送を送出するものである。図28は、本発明の実施例9に係る情報配信システム1-2Dの放送局110の構成を示すブロック図である。なお、実施例9に係る情報配信システム1-2Dは、放送局110の構成以外は、図17に示す情報配信システム1-2と構成が同一であるため図17を参照することとし、各構成の機能についての説明は省略する。なお、実施例8における放送局110は、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当し、受信機130は、請求項の情報受信装置に相当し、全体としては請求項の情報配信システムに相当するものである。 Subsequently, an information distribution system 1-2D according to Embodiment 9 of the present invention will be described. The broadcast station 110 of the information distribution system 1-2D according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention is different from the broadcast station 110 according to the fifth to ninth embodiments described above, and transmits an analog broadcast. FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration of the broadcasting station 110 of the information distribution system 1-2D according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention. The information distribution system 1-2D according to the ninth embodiment is the same as the information distribution system 1-2 shown in FIG. 17 except for the configuration of the broadcast station 110. Therefore, the configuration shown in FIG. The description of the function is omitted. Note that the broadcasting station 110 in the eighth embodiment corresponds to the claimed radio station and the information distribution apparatus, and the receiver 130 corresponds to the information reception apparatus in the claims, and as a whole corresponds to the information distribution system in the claims. To do.
 図28に示すように、放送局110は、放送音声信号出力部111A、タイミング制御部112A、多重化情報生成部113A、多重化部114A、受信部115、コンテンツ配信可否判定部116、コンテンツ生成部117、送信部118、コンテンツDB117a、制御部119、記憶部120を主要な構成要素としている。なお、本実施例では、放送局110が、請求項の無線局、情報配信装置に相当するが、無線局としての機能(放送音声出力部、タイミング制御部、多重化情報生成部、多重化部に相当する機能)と、情報配信装置としての機能(受信部115、コンテンツ配信可否判定部116、コンテンツ生成部117、送信部118、コンテンツDB117aとしての機能)とを別々の装置で実現するようにしてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 28, the broadcast station 110 includes a broadcast audio signal output unit 111A, a timing control unit 112A, a multiplexing information generation unit 113A, a multiplexing unit 114A, a reception unit 115, a content distribution availability determination unit 116, and a content generation unit. 117, a transmission unit 118, a content DB 117a, a control unit 119, and a storage unit 120 are main components. In this embodiment, the broadcasting station 110 corresponds to the wireless station and the information distribution device in the claims, but functions as a wireless station (broadcast audio output unit, timing control unit, multiplexed information generation unit, multiplexing unit) And a function as an information distribution device (a function as a reception unit 115, a content distribution availability determination unit 116, a content generation unit 117, a transmission unit 118, and a content DB 117a) are realized by separate devices. May be.
 ここで、上述した放送音声信号出力部111A、タイミング制御部112A、多重化情報生成部113A、多重化部114Aの各機能が実現する情報処理は、放送局110全体を制御する制御部119が不図示のハードウェア資源と協働して実行することにより実現される。具体的には、制御部119は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるCPU、DSP、フラッシュメモリ、ROM、RAMなどから構成され、CPUおよびDSPが、フラッシュメモリやROMに格納されている各種プログラムをRAMに読み出して協働して実行することにより実現している。なお、本実施例における情報配信装置としての機能、プログラム、および装置全体のハードウェア構成との協働関係などについては上述した実施例5~9と同一のため、説明を省略する。 Here, the information processing realized by the functions of the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A, the timing control unit 112A, the multiplexing information generation unit 113A, and the multiplexing unit 114A described above is not performed by the control unit 119 that controls the entire broadcasting station 110. This is realized by executing in cooperation with the illustrated hardware resource. Specifically, the control unit 119 includes a CPU, a DSP, a flash memory, a ROM, a RAM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU and the DSP store various programs stored in the flash memory and the ROM. This is realized by reading the data into the RAM and executing it in cooperation. Note that the function, program, and cooperative relationship with the hardware configuration of the entire apparatus in the present embodiment are the same as those in the fifth to ninth embodiments described above, and thus the description thereof is omitted.
 放送音声信号出力部111Aは、すでに録音されている番組や生放送の番組の音声信号を出力する。 The broadcast audio signal output unit 111A outputs audio signals of already recorded programs and live broadcast programs.
 タイミング制御部112Aは、後述する多重化情報を放送音声信号に対し、所定のタイミングで送出できるように制御する。たとえば、放送番組中に楽曲を放送している場合に、多重化情報として、その楽曲のアーティスト名や楽曲名などの楽曲情報を送出する。 The timing control unit 112A controls so that multiplexing information described later can be sent to the broadcast audio signal at a predetermined timing. For example, when a song is broadcast during a broadcast program, song information such as the artist name and song name of the song is transmitted as multiplexed information.
 多重化情報生成部113Aは、放送音声信号出力部111Aからの音声信号に多重化する情報を生成する。なお、多重化情報には、放送番組に関連するURL情報や、P2Pによる検索クエリ情報が含まれていてもよい。 The multiplexing information generation unit 113A generates information to be multiplexed into the audio signal from the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A. Note that the multiplexed information may include URL information related to the broadcast program and search query information based on P2P.
 多重化部114Aは、放送音声信号出力部111Aからの音声信号と、多重化情報生成部113Aによって生成された多重化情報を合成すると共に、放送波に重畳して放送を行う。 The multiplexing unit 114A synthesizes the audio signal from the broadcast audio signal output unit 111A and the multiplexed information generated by the multiplexed information generation unit 113A, and broadcasts it by superimposing it on the broadcast wave.
 このように放送局110から送出される情報がアナログ放送であっても、ユーザに特別な操作を課すことなく、放送対象地域内であれば他の通信媒体を介してコンテンツを適切に出力させることができる。なお、実施例5~9において、放送局110がアナログ放送を送出する構成としてもよい。 Thus, even if the information transmitted from the broadcasting station 110 is analog broadcasting, content is appropriately output via other communication media within a broadcasting target area without imposing a special operation on the user. Can do. In the fifth to ninth embodiments, the broadcast station 110 may be configured to send an analog broadcast.
 以上、情報配信システム1-2、1-2A、1-2B、1-2C、1-2Dを本発明の実施形態例として説明したが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではなく、発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の変形や変更が可能である。 The information distribution systems 1-2, 1-2A, 1-2B, 1-2C, and 1-2D have been described as exemplary embodiments of the present invention. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the invention is not limited thereto. Various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention.
 たとえば、放送局110は、音声信号で番組連動コンテンツの有無を通知するようにしてもよい。あるいは、放送波の番組放送中に連動コンテンツの有無を通知するようにしてもよい。具体的には、司会者が番組中で紹介することやテロップとして流してもよい。なお、番組放送中で通知する場合には、音声認識や画像認識により、連動コンテンツの有無を検出するようにしてもよい。 For example, the broadcast station 110 may notify the presence / absence of program-linked content by an audio signal. Alternatively, the presence / absence of linked content may be notified during broadcast broadcasting of a broadcast wave. Specifically, the presenter may introduce the program in a program or stream it as a telop. When notification is made during program broadcast, the presence or absence of linked content may be detected by voice recognition or image recognition.
 また、本発明の実施例5では、受信機130側で放送局110から送信されてくるコンテンツの出力の可否を判断していたが、当該放送局110のHP上に地域限定のコンテンツと地域に限定されないコンテンツとを用意し、地域限定のコンテンツの出力に関してだけ、受信機130側で当該処理を行うようにしてもよい。 Further, in the fifth embodiment of the present invention, the receiver 130 determines whether or not the content transmitted from the broadcast station 110 can be output. Unlimited content may be prepared, and the processing may be performed on the receiver 130 side only for the output of region-specific content.
 また、上述した各実施例に係る情報配信システム1-2、1-2A、1-2B、1-2C、1-2Dでは、放送局110からコンテンツをダウンロードするクライアントサーバ型のネットワーク方式を採用していたが、P2P型のネットワーク方式で行うようにしてもよい。この場合、放送局110に対するコンテンツの要求を検索クエリとして送信すると共に、当該受信状況を示す情報も送信し、受信状況を示す情報が基準値を満たす場合に限り、当該コンテンツを保有するピアの情報を伝え、当該ピアからコンテンツをダウンロードするようにしてもよい。 In addition, the information distribution systems 1-2, 1-2A, 1-2B, 1-2C, and 1-2D according to each of the above-described embodiments adopt a client server type network system that downloads content from the broadcast station 110. However, it may be performed by a P2P type network system. In this case, a request for content to the broadcast station 110 is transmitted as a search query, information indicating the reception status is also transmitted, and information on a peer that owns the content is only when the information indicating the reception status satisfies a reference value. And the content may be downloaded from the peer.
 また、上述した各実施例に係る情報配信システム1-2、1-2A、1-2B、1-2C、1-2Dで説明した各装置の各機能すべてまたは一部をプログラムによって構成し、このプログラムを情報処理装置(コンピュータ)にインストールすることで各部を機能させる手段として実現してもよい。なお、このプログラムを実行する状態で記録した媒体からコンピュータに直接インストールすることも可能であるが、ネットワーク経由で遠隔にあるコンピュータにインストールしてもよい。 In addition, all or part of the functions of each device described in the information distribution systems 1-2, 1-2A, 1-2B, 1-2C, 1-2D according to the above-described embodiments are configured by a program. You may implement | achieve as a means to function each part by installing a program in information processing apparatus (computer). The program can be directly installed on a computer from a medium recorded in a state where the program is executed. However, the program may be installed on a remote computer via a network.
 1-1,1-1A~1C,1-2,1-2A~2D 情報配信システム、
 10,110 放送局(無線局、情報配信装置)、
 30,130 受信機(情報受信装置)、
 100,1100 IP通信網(他の通信媒体)
 16,116 コンテンツ配信可否判定部(情報配信制御部)、
 131 制御部(情報配信要求部、切断時間判定部、受信情報検出部、出力可否判定部)、
 132 操作入力部(情報配信要求部の一部)、
 142 電源検出部(電源情報検出部、切断時間判定部の一部)、
 143 タイマー(切断時間判定部の一部)、
 170 受信誤り率検出回路(受信情報検出部の一部)、
1-1, 1-1A to 1C, 1-2, 1-2A to 2D information distribution system,
10, 110 broadcast station (wireless station, information distribution device),
30, 130 receiver (information receiving device),
100,1100 IP communication network (other communication media)
16, 116 Content distribution availability determination unit (information distribution control unit),
131 control unit (information distribution request unit, disconnection time determination unit, reception information detection unit, output availability determination unit),
132 Operation input part (part of information distribution request part),
142 power supply detection unit (power supply information detection unit, part of the disconnection time determination unit),
143 timer (part of cutting time determination unit),
170 reception error rate detection circuit (part of the reception information detection unit),

Claims (16)

  1.  無線局が電波を用いて送出する情報を受信可能な情報受信装置と、上記情報受信装置に情報を配信可能な情報配信装置と、を有する情報配信システムであって、
     上記情報受信装置は、上記電波の受信状況を検出する受信状況検出部と、
     自装置が電源に接続しているか否かを検出する電源情報検出部と、を有し、
     上記情報配信装置は、上記無線局が上記電波を用いて送出する情報および/または上記無線局が上記電波を用いて送出する情報以外の他の情報を、上記電波とは異なる他の通信媒体を介して上記情報受信装置に配信する情報配信部を有し、
     上記受信状況検出部で検出された受信状況および上記電源情報検出部で検出された電源情報に応じて、配信される情報の送受信を制御する
    ことを特徴とする情報配信システム。
    An information distribution system comprising: an information reception device capable of receiving information transmitted by radio stations using radio waves; and an information distribution device capable of distributing information to the information reception device,
    The information receiving device includes a reception status detection unit that detects a reception status of the radio wave,
    A power information detection unit that detects whether or not the device is connected to a power source,
    The information distribution apparatus transmits information other than information transmitted from the radio station using the radio waves and / or information transmitted from the radio station using the radio waves to another communication medium different from the radio waves. An information distribution unit for distributing to the information receiving device via
    An information distribution system for controlling transmission / reception of information to be distributed according to the reception status detected by the reception status detection unit and the power supply information detected by the power supply information detection unit.
  2.  請求項1に記載の情報配信システムであって、
     前記情報受信装置は、
     前記受信状況検出部により検出された受信感度を示す情報および上記電源情報検出部により検出された電源切断時間を示す電源情報を情報配信装置へ送信して上記他の通信媒体を介して上記情報配信装置が提供する情報を要求し、
     前記情報配信装置は、
     上記情報受信装置から前記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して送信されてきた上記電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を受信する受信部と、
     上記受信部により受信された上記受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を、上記情報受信装置と対応付けて記憶部に記憶させると共に、上記受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、上記情報受信装置に対して上記情報配信装置が提供する情報の配信を行うか否かの判定を行う情報配信制御部と
    を有することを特徴とする情報配信システム。
    The information distribution system according to claim 1,
    The information receiving device is:
    Information indicating the reception sensitivity detected by the reception status detector and power information indicating the power-off time detected by the power information detector are transmitted to the information distribution device, and the information is distributed via the other communication medium. Request information provided by the device,
    The information distribution apparatus includes:
    A receiving unit for receiving information indicating the reception status of the radio wave transmitted from the information receiving apparatus via a communication medium other than the radio wave and power supply information; and
    The information indicating the reception status and the power information received by the receiving unit are stored in the storage unit in association with the information receiving device, and the information receiving device is based on the information indicating the reception status and the power information. An information distribution control unit for determining whether or not to distribute information provided by the information distribution apparatus.
  3.  請求項1に記載の情報配信システムであって、
     前記情報受信装置は、
     前記無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する前記情報配信装置へ上記他の通信媒体を介して情報配信要求を行う情報配信要求部と、
     自装置が上記電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定する切断時間判定部と、
     前記受信状況検出部により検出された受信状況を示す情報、自装置が接続されている電源に関する電源情報、上記切断時間判定部の判定結果とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶すると共に、これらの上記受信状況を示す情報と、上記電源情報と、上記判定結果情報と、上記記憶部に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報に基づいて、上記情報配信要求をした配信情報の出力可否判定をする出力可否判定部とをさらに有し、
     上記情報配信装置の前記情報配信部は、
     上記情報受信装置の上記情報配信要求部からの情報配信要求に応じて、上記配信情報を前記他の通信媒体を介して前記情報受信装置へ配信する
    ことを特徴とする情報配信システム。
    The information distribution system according to claim 1,
    The information receiving device includes:
    An information delivery requesting unit for making an information delivery request via the other communication medium to the information delivery device that delivers the information transmitted by the wireless station via the radio wave via a communication medium other than the radio wave;
    A disconnection time determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power source;
    The information indicating the reception status detected by the reception status detection unit, the power source information related to the power source to which the device is connected, and the determination result of the disconnection time determination unit are stored in the storage unit in association with each other, and the reception Based on the information indicating the status, the power supply information, the determination result information, and the information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit, whether or not to output the distribution information requested for the information distribution is determined. An output availability determination unit;
    The information distribution unit of the information distribution apparatus includes:
    An information distribution system for distributing the distribution information to the information receiving device via the other communication medium in response to an information distribution request from the information distribution request unit of the information receiving device.
  4.  無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を受信する情報受信装置における上記電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して上記情報受信装置から受信する受信部と、
     上記受信部で受信した受信状況を示す情報および電源情報と、上記情報受信装置とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶させると共に、上記情報受信装置から情報配信要求がなされた場合には、上記情報受信装置に関連付けられて記憶されている受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、上記情報受信装置に対して情報配信を行うか否かの判定を行う情報配信制御部と、
    を有することを特徴とする情報配信装置。
    A receiving unit for receiving information indicating the reception status of the radio wave and power supply information from the information receiving apparatus via a communication medium other than the radio wave in an information receiving apparatus that receives information transmitted by the radio station via the radio wave; ,
    The information indicating the reception status received by the receiving unit and the power supply information are associated with the information receiving device and stored in the storage unit, and when an information distribution request is made from the information receiving device, the information receiving device An information distribution control unit that determines whether or not to perform information distribution to the information reception device based on information indicating the reception status stored in association with the power supply information;
    An information distribution apparatus comprising:
  5.  受信部と、記憶部と、情報配信制御部と備え、無線局が電波を介して情報受信装置へ送出する情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して上記情報受信装置に配信する情報配信装置が実行する情報配信方法であって、
     上記受信部が、上記情報受信装置における上記電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を上記他の通信媒体を介して上記情報受信装置から受信するステップと、
     上記情報配信制御部が、上述のステップで受信した受信状況を示す情報および電源情報と、上記情報受信装置とを関連付けて上記記憶部に記憶させると共に、上記情報受信装置から情報配信要求がなされた場合には、上記情報受信装置に関連付けられて記憶されている受信状況を示す情報および電源情報に基づいて、上記情報受信装置に対して情報配信を行うか否かの判定を行うステップと、
    を有することを特徴とする情報配信方法。
    An information distribution unit that includes a reception unit, a storage unit, and an information distribution control unit, and distributes information transmitted from the wireless station to the information reception device via radio waves to the information reception device via a communication medium other than the radio waves. An information distribution method executed by an apparatus,
    Receiving the information indicating the reception status of the radio wave in the information receiving device and the power supply information from the information receiving device via the other communication medium;
    The information distribution control unit associates the information indicating the reception status received in the above-described step and the power supply information with the information receiving device and stores the information in the storage unit, and an information distribution request is made from the information receiving device. In this case, the step of determining whether or not to distribute information to the information receiving device based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the information receiving device and the power supply information;
    An information distribution method characterized by comprising:
  6.  コンピュータを、
     無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を受信する情報受信装置における上記電波の受信状況を示す情報および電源情報を、上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して上記情報受信装置から受信する受信手段、
     上記受信手段で受信した上記受信状況を示す情報および上記電源情報と、上記情報受信装置とを関連付けて記憶手段に記憶させると共に、上記情報受信装置から情報配信要求がなされた場合には、上記情報受信装置に関連付けられて記憶されている上記受信状況を示す情報および上記電源情報に基づいて、上記情報受信装置に対して情報配信を行うか否かの判定を行う情報配信制御手段、
    として機能させるためのプログラム。
    Computer
    Receiving means for receiving information indicating the reception status of the radio wave and power supply information from the information receiving apparatus via a communication medium other than the radio wave in an information receiving apparatus that receives information transmitted from the radio station via the radio wave ,
    The information indicating the reception status received by the receiving unit, the power supply information, and the information receiving device are associated with each other and stored in the storage unit, and when an information distribution request is made from the information receiving device, the information Information distribution control means for determining whether or not to distribute information to the information receiving device based on the information indicating the reception status stored in association with the receiving device and the power supply information;
    Program to function as.
  7.  電波を介して情報を送出する無線局からの上記電波の受信感度を取得する受信感度取得部と、
     自装置の電源切断時間を検出する電源検出部と、
     上記受信感度取得部により取得された受信感度を示す情報および上記電源検出部により検出された電源切断時間を示す情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して上記無線局が送出する情報を配信する情報配信装置に対して送信し、上記情報を上記他の通信媒体を介して要求する情報配信要求部と、
    を有することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    A reception sensitivity acquisition unit that acquires the reception sensitivity of the radio waves from a wireless station that transmits information via radio waves;
    A power detection unit for detecting the power-off time of the device itself;
    Distributes information sent by the radio station via a communication medium other than the radio wave, including information indicating the reception sensitivity acquired by the reception sensitivity acquisition unit and information indicating the power-off time detected by the power detection unit An information distribution request unit that transmits the information to the information distribution apparatus that requests the information via the other communication medium;
    An information receiving apparatus comprising:
  8.  無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置へ上記他の通信媒体を介して情報配信要求を行う情報配信要求部と、
     自装置における上記電波の受信状況を検出する受信状況検出部と、
     自装置が電源に接続しているか否かを検出する電源情報検出部と、
     自装置が上記電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定する切断時間判定部と、
     上記受信状況を示す情報、上記電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、上記切断時間判定部の判定結果とを関連付けて記憶部に記憶すると共に、これらの上記受信状況を示す情報と、上記電源情報と、上記判定結果情報と、上記記憶部に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報とから上記情報配信要求をした配信情報の出力可否判定をする出力可否判定部と、
    を有することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    An information distribution requesting unit that makes an information distribution request via the other communication medium to an information distribution device that distributes information transmitted by the wireless station via the radio wave via a communication medium other than the radio wave;
    A reception status detection unit for detecting the reception status of the radio wave in the device;
    A power information detector that detects whether or not the device is connected to a power source;
    A disconnection time determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power source;
    Information indicating the reception status, power source information detected as to whether or not connected to the power source, and a determination result of the disconnection time determination unit are stored in the storage unit in association with each other, and information indicating the reception status An output propriety determination unit that determines whether or not the distribution information requested for the information distribution is output from the power supply information, the determination result information, and the information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit;
    An information receiving apparatus comprising:
  9.  請求項8に記載の情報受信装置であって、
     前記出力可否判定部は、出力可否の判定結果を示す情報履歴を前記記憶部に記憶し、
     前記受信状況を示す情報から前記配信情報の出力を許可できないと判定した場合であっても、前記記憶部に前記配信情報の出力を許可された情報履歴がある場合には、前記配信情報の出力を許可することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    The information receiving device according to claim 8, wherein
    The output enable / disable determining unit stores an information history indicating an output enable / disable determination result in the storage unit,
    Even if it is determined that output of the distribution information cannot be permitted from the information indicating the reception status, if there is an information history in which the output of the distribution information is permitted in the storage unit, the output of the distribution information is performed. An information receiving device characterized by permitting.
  10.  請求項8または9に記載の情報受信装置であって、
     前記出力可否判定部は、前記出力可否判定部は、出力可否の判定結果を示す情報履歴を、前記受信状況を示す情報、前記電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、および前記切断時間判定部の判定結果と関連付けて前記記憶部に記憶し、
     前記受信状況を示す情報から前記配信情報の出力を許可できないと判定した場合であっても、前記記憶部に前記配信情報の出力を許可した情報履歴があり、かつ当該情報履歴に関連付けられている前記電源情報と現在時刻とを比較して所定時間以内である場合には、前記配信情報の出力を許可することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    The information receiving device according to claim 8 or 9, wherein
    The output propriety determining unit is configured such that the output propriety determining unit includes an information history indicating an output propriety determination result, information indicating the reception status, power supply information detected as to whether the power supply is connected, and the Store in the storage unit in association with the determination result of the cutting time determination unit,
    Even when it is determined from the information indicating the reception status that the output of the distribution information cannot be permitted, the storage unit has an information history permitting the output of the distribution information and is associated with the information history. An information receiving apparatus characterized in that output of the distribution information is permitted when the power source information and the current time are compared within a predetermined time.
  11.  請求項8から請求項10のいずれか1項記載の情報受信装置であって、
     前記出力可否判定部は、
     前記受信状況を示す情報から前記配信情報の出力を許可できると判定した場合であって、前記記憶部に前記電源情報が記憶されているときには、当該電源情報を前記記憶部から削除することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    The information receiving device according to any one of claims 8 to 10,
    The output permission determination unit
    When it is determined from the information indicating the reception status that output of the distribution information can be permitted, and the power supply information is stored in the storage unit, the power supply information is deleted from the storage unit. Information receiving device.
  12.  請求項8から請求項11のいずれか1項記載の情報受信装置であって、
     前記電源情報検出部が、自装置が接続している前記電源から外されたか否かを検出し、
     当該検出を受けて前記切断時間判定部が、前記電源から自装置が外されてから所定時間が経過したか否かを判定し、当該所定時間が経過していると判定された場合には、前記出力可否判定部が、前記記憶部に記憶されている前記電波の受信状況を示す情報を削除することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    The information receiving device according to any one of claims 8 to 11,
    The power information detection unit detects whether or not the device is disconnected from the power source connected thereto,
    In response to the detection, the disconnection time determination unit determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power source, and when it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, The information reception apparatus, wherein the output availability determination unit deletes information indicating the reception status of the radio wave stored in the storage unit.
  13.  請求項8から請求項12のいずれか1項記載の情報受信装置であって、
     前記出力可否判定部は、
     前記受信状況を示す情報、前記電源情報、および自装置に割り振られているIPアドレスを検出して前記記憶部に記憶すると共に、過去の当該無線局に関する受信状況を示す情報履歴に配信可能である情報があるか否か、および過去の出力可否判定時におけるIPアドレスと現在割り振られているIPアドレスが一致しているか否かにより前記配信情報の出力可否を判定することを特徴とする情報受信装置。
    The information receiving device according to any one of claims 8 to 12,
    The output permission determination unit
    The information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, and the IP address allocated to the device itself can be detected and stored in the storage unit, and can be distributed to the information history indicating the reception status related to the radio station in the past. An information receiving apparatus for determining whether or not the distribution information can be output based on whether or not there is information and whether or not an IP address at the time of determination of whether or not past output is possible matches an IP address currently allocated .
  14.  情報配信要求部と、受信状況検出部と、電源情報検出部と、切断時間判定部と、記憶部と、出力可否判定部と備え、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置から当該配信情報を受信する情報受信装置が実行する情報受信方法において、
     上記情報配信要求部が、上記情報配信装置へ情報配信要求を行うステップと、
     上記受信状況検出部が、自装置における上記電波の受信状況を検出するステップと、
     上記電源情報検出部が、自装置が電源に接続されているか否かを検出するステップと、
     上記切断時間判定部が、自装置が上記電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定するステップと、
     上記出力可否判定部が、上記受信状況を示す情報、上記電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、上記切断時間判定部により判定された結果情報とを関連付けて上記記憶部に記憶すると共に、これらの上記受信状況を示す情報と、上記電源情報と、上記結果情報と、上記記憶部に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報とから上記配信情報の出力可否判定をするステップと、
    を有することを特徴とする情報受信方法。
    An information distribution request unit, a reception status detection unit, a power supply information detection unit, a disconnection time determination unit, a storage unit, and an output availability determination unit are provided, and information transmitted by radio stations via radio waves other than the above radio waves is provided. In the information receiving method executed by the information receiving apparatus that receives the distribution information from the information distribution apparatus that distributes through another communication medium,
    The information delivery requesting unit making an information delivery request to the information delivery device;
    The reception status detecting unit detecting the reception status of the radio wave in the device;
    A step of detecting whether the power supply information detection unit is connected to a power supply;
    A step of determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the disconnection time determination unit has been disconnected from the power source;
    The output enable / disable determining unit stores in the storage unit the information indicating the reception status, the power supply information detected as to whether or not the power supply is connected, and the result information determined by the disconnection time determining unit in association with each other. And determining whether the distribution information can be output from the information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, the result information, and the information indicating the past reception status stored in the storage unit. When,
    An information receiving method characterized by comprising:
  15.  コンピュータを、
     無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信装置へ上記他の通信媒体を介して情報配信要求を行う情報配信要求手段、
     自装置における上記電波の受信状況を検出する受信状況検出手段、
     自装置が電源に接続しているか否かを検出する電源情報検出手段、
     自装置が上記電源から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判別する切断時間判定手段、
     上記受信状況を示す情報、上記電源に接続しているか否かにつき検出された電源情報、上記切断時間判定手段により判定された結果情報とを関連付けて機器情報記憶手段に記憶すると共に、これらの上記受信状況を示す情報と、上記電源情報と、上記結果情報と、上記機器情報記憶手段に記憶されている過去の受信状況を示す情報とから上記配信情報の出力可否判定をする出力可否判定手段、
    として機能させるためのプログラム。
    Computer
    Information distribution request means for making an information distribution request via the other communication medium to an information distribution apparatus for distributing information transmitted by the radio station via the radio wave via a communication medium other than the radio wave;
    A reception status detection means for detecting the reception status of the radio wave in its own device;
    Power supply information detection means for detecting whether or not the own device is connected to a power supply;
    Disconnection time determining means for determining whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the device was disconnected from the power source;
    The information indicating the reception status, the power information detected as to whether or not it is connected to the power source, and the result information determined by the disconnection time determining means are associated with each other and stored in the device information storage means, and these An output propriety judging means for judging whether or not the delivery information can be output from information indicating the reception status, the power supply information, the result information, and the information indicating the past reception status stored in the device information storage means;
    Program to function as.
  16.  請求項8から請求項13のいずれか1項記載の情報受信装置からの情報配信要求に応じて、無線局が電波を介して送出する情報を上記電波以外の他の通信媒体を介して配信する情報配信制御部を有することを特徴とする情報配信装置。 14. In response to an information distribution request from the information receiving device according to any one of claims 8 to 13, information transmitted from a radio station via radio waves is distributed via a communication medium other than the radio waves. An information distribution apparatus comprising an information distribution control unit.
PCT/JP2010/001127 2009-09-29 2010-02-22 Information delivering system, information delivering apparatus, information delivering method, information delivering program, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method and information receiving program WO2011039897A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009225365A JP4576516B1 (en) 2009-09-29 2009-09-29 Information distribution apparatus, information distribution method, information distribution program, information reception apparatus, and information distribution system
JP2009-225365 2009-09-29
JP2009-225561 2009-09-29
JP2009225561A JP4496276B1 (en) 2009-09-29 2009-09-29 Information receiving apparatus, information receiving method, information receiving program, information distribution apparatus, and information distribution system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011039897A1 true WO2011039897A1 (en) 2011-04-07

Family

ID=43825751

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/001127 WO2011039897A1 (en) 2009-09-29 2010-02-22 Information delivering system, information delivering apparatus, information delivering method, information delivering program, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method and information receiving program

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2011039897A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002123801A (en) * 2000-10-12 2002-04-26 Sony Corp Reproducing system
JP2007049400A (en) * 2005-08-09 2007-02-22 Funai Electric Co Ltd Television broadcast receiver
JP2008131340A (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-06-05 Chugoku Electric Power Co Inc:The Set-top box
JP2008182604A (en) * 2007-01-25 2008-08-07 Sony Corp Receiver with viewing restriction function
JP2008288814A (en) * 2007-05-16 2008-11-27 Tv Portal:Kk Ip broadcasting system, ip broadcasting terminal, and ip broadcasting server

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002123801A (en) * 2000-10-12 2002-04-26 Sony Corp Reproducing system
JP2007049400A (en) * 2005-08-09 2007-02-22 Funai Electric Co Ltd Television broadcast receiver
JP2008131340A (en) * 2006-11-21 2008-06-05 Chugoku Electric Power Co Inc:The Set-top box
JP2008182604A (en) * 2007-01-25 2008-08-07 Sony Corp Receiver with viewing restriction function
JP2008288814A (en) * 2007-05-16 2008-11-27 Tv Portal:Kk Ip broadcasting system, ip broadcasting terminal, and ip broadcasting server

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8503447B2 (en) Broadcast receiver and channel information processing method
US9544658B2 (en) Video signal transmission/reception method, display device, and decoding device
US9288443B2 (en) Broadcast content distribution system, and distribution apparatus and broadcast reception terminal device for use in the system
JP3902075B2 (en) Relay device
JP2011223417A (en) Information distribution system, information receiving apparatus, information reception method, information distribution apparatus, and program
JP5774976B2 (en) Content transmitting apparatus and content transmitting method
JP4496276B1 (en) Information receiving apparatus, information receiving method, information receiving program, information distribution apparatus, and information distribution system
JP6757643B2 (en) Receivers, retransmission devices, and programs
KR101418992B1 (en) Mobile iptv system and method
WO2011039897A1 (en) Information delivering system, information delivering apparatus, information delivering method, information delivering program, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method and information receiving program
JP4576516B1 (en) Information distribution apparatus, information distribution method, information distribution program, information reception apparatus, and information distribution system
JP4575518B1 (en) Information distribution management device, information distribution management method, information distribution management program, and information distribution system
JP2011193171A (en) Information distribution system, information distribution propriety determination device, information distribution propriety determination method, information transmitter/receiver, information transmission/reception method, and program
JP4575519B1 (en) Information receiving apparatus, information receiving method, information receiving program, and information distribution system
WO2011052103A1 (en) Information distribution system, information distribution management device, information distribution management method, information distribution management program, information receiving device, information receiving method, and information receiving program
JP4585032B1 (en) Information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information distribution system
JP4572638B2 (en) Retransmission system
JP2010171486A (en) Information distribution system, information distribution apparatus, information receiving apparatus, information distribution method, and information receiving method
JP7303549B2 (en) IP-RF conversion device and IP-RF conversion method
JP4585031B1 (en) Information distribution control apparatus, information distribution control method, information distribution control program, information receiving apparatus, and information distribution system
JP2011077718A (en) Broadcasting receiver, control method, and program
JP5471641B2 (en) Information distribution system, information transmission / reception device
WO2010084747A1 (en) Information distribution system, information distribution apparatus, information distribution method, information reception apparatus, and information reception method
JP2010200173A (en) Information distribution system, information receiving apparatus, and information receiving method
WO2011070804A1 (en) Information delivery control device, information delivery control method, information delivery control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information delivery system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10820024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10820024

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1